Hattersley Techguide Issue 2 Web

IS SUE 2 WATER HEATING VENTILATION AIR CON GAS
FUTUR E VALVE TE CHNOLOGY
Techn ical P roduct G uide
Balancing Valves
Now includes Hook-Up II
New
Traditional Valves
Public Health Range
INTRODUCTION
About Hattersley
The origins of Hattersley date to 1897, when 20 year-old Richard Hattersley started a small tool-making business in Halifax. In the early 1900s he relocated to Ormskirk, and in 1910 he joined with three other engineering companies, including Newman Hender & Co. of Woodchester, to form United Brassfounders & Engineers. By 1937 Hattersley & Newman Hender both enjoyed worldwide sales, with Hattersley exporting to some 73 countries. During the second world war, both companies entered war production, making fuses for armaments, brass rods for munitions factories and, of course, special valves for military purposes. In 2004, Crane Limited purchased the Hattersley valve brand and business from Hattersley Newman Hender Limited, a subsidiary of Tomkins plc. Quality Assurance Rigid quality control and inspection at all stages of manufacture ensure that Hattersley products are suitable for their intended application and will give reliable service. Every valve is individually tested in accordance with the relevant product standard. Hattersley is an approved manufacturer under various quality schemes, including the British Standard Institution (BSI) Kitemark, and is ISO9001:2008 accredited. In addition, the company has been approved and/or listed by third party organisations including the United Kingdom Water Regulations Advisory Scheme. Future Today, the Hattersley brand is synonymous with quality, reliability and service to the very highest standards, and has industry experience in many market sectors including heating and ventilation, chemicals, textiles, drugs, waste treatment and power generation. Hattersley can supply a skilfully engineered solution for every application. Flagship products include a full range of commissioning valves suitable for constant and variable flow systems.
Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CONTENTS
Contents
Introduction
About Hattersley Introduction to Sister Brands Valve Selection Guide 2 4-5 8-10
Public Health Range

Introduction Thermal Balancing Valves Thermostatic Mixing Valves Pressure Reducing Valves Check Valves Non-Return Valves Ball Valves 11 21 51 57 69 73 183 184 185 187 189 190 191
Balancing Valves
Balancing Automatic Balancing Static Differential Pressure Control Valves Hook-Up II MultiComm ProComm
NABIC
NABIC Safety & Control Valves 195
Pressure Independent Control Valves 71
Brownall
Brownall Plant Room Valves 207
Traditional Valves
Air Vents/De-Aerators Ball Valves Butterfly Valves Check Valves Gate Valves Gland Cocks/Drain Taps Globe Valves Lubricated Plug Valves Radiator Valves Strainers 75 77 91 109 123 143 147 155 165 175
Miscellaneous
Flange Tables Typical Kv Values Quality Assurance 213 223 226
Figure Number Index

Fig. No. Index 227
SISTER BRANDS
Sister Brands
Today, Hattersley is a leading brand of Crane Building Services & Utilities, and is joined by an array of complementary building services brands which include NABIC, Brownall, Wade, Rhodes and IAT.
Heathrow Terminal 5 is equipped with a range of Hattersley products.
www.baa.com/photolibrary
One of the UK's leading suppliers of gunmetal safety valves, NABIC has long been recognised as the industry standard for commercial and industrial hot water applications. With the introduction of new products, this leadership has been extended to cover other building service fluids such as steam and air.
The Brownall range of automatic air eliminators cover low, medium and high pressure applications and are suitable for use with water, aviation fuel, diesel and light oils. The range is completed by three-way vent valves, offering efficient performance and reliable service combined with potential savings in time and cost by simplifying the venting system for single/multiboiler or calorifier installations.
SISTER BRANDS
An extensive range of low and medium pressure brass compression fittings, valves and accessories. The range also covers SISTEM-P and compact push in fittings, nickel plated BSP fittings, quick release couplings, air guns, recoil hoses and tubing.
Rhodes is a market leader in the design and manufacture of sight flow indicator equipment, having produced indicators since 1951. Rhodes sight flow indicators can be found in process, petrochemical and pharmaceutical plants all over the world.
TM
The importance of safe and reliable potable water systems has never been greater, and a range of I.A.T. products complements the existing Hattersley range.
Project: Henrietta House, London Client: CB Richard Ellis of London Contractor: Silverline Engineering Distributor: T G Lynes Specification: Range of Hattersley isolation valves A range of isolating valves has been specified for installation within the fancoils of Henrietta House, a prestigious office development in Londons West End. The building is undergoing refurbishment before CB Richard Ellis of London relocates its headquarters to the office in May 2011. The building is 7 floors tall and will provide 9000m of luxurious office space. The Hattersley valves, including the newly designed Fig. 100 ball valve range, will control the heating and cooling of each floor. Hattersley was selected because its valves are light, compact and easy to install and operate. For Silverline Engineering, the fact that design features include improved leak protection, and resistance to damage onsite, will ensure a long and maintenance-free life expectancy.
VALVE SELECTION GUIDE
Valve Selection Guide

Application Size Range 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm Check Double Check Regulating(3) 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 1432/1432L 973G M733DR Flow (3) Measurement Commissioning(3) 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 65mm - 300mm Motorflow (3) (Control) Automatic Flow Balancing Strainers 15mm - 20mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm Fan Coils(3) 20mm 25mm Drains Thermostatic Mixing Valves Combined Vent & Drain Radiator Valves Thermostatic Radiator Valves (1) (2) (3) (4) (4A) (5) (6) (7) Plant General 15mm - 20mm 25mm - 50mm 65mm - 150mm Wheel Lockshield Standard Remote Angle Pattern 110 201T-PN16 Angle Pattern 110 201T 3150 3300LS 3180 3075/2RS Straight Pattern Straight Pattern 3250 3400LS 3280 3275/RS 266(2) 81HU 371 81HU 371 266(2) 81HU 371 1000(3) M2000-PN16 1732(3) 5973G M737 1832(3) 1051 2050 817 810-PN16 Conventional 1432/1432L 973G M733DR 1000(3) M2000-PN16 1732(3) 5973G M737 1832(3) 1051 2050 817 810-PN16 1432/1432L 973G M733DR 1000(3) M2000-PN16 1732(3) 5973G M737 1832(3) 1051 2050 817 810-PN16 Conventional 808-PN25 810-PN16 1200DR-PN40 4993-PN25(6) M733DR M4000-PN40 M3000-PN40 5200-PN40 M3000/4993(6) LTHW Max 100C 100 950 or 4970 47 850 MTHW Max 110C 100 950 or 4970 47 850 CHW 100EXT 950 or 4970 47 850 4990-PN25(6) 4872 M650-PN25 HTHW Above 120C(1)
Isolation
HTHW - Pressure/temp refer to catalogue on individual products See page 8 Low/Med/Standard flows available (see catalogue) Fig 249C 15mm - 28mm size range Fig 249 32mm - 50mm size range 549-PN6 available For temp up to 125C - 65mm+ (Isol 976) (Reg 979) (CS 5979) Available with isolating valves - Fig. 78. De-Aerators - Fig. 770 (20mm-50mm) Fig. 771 (50-150mm)
Application Isolation
Size Range 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm
Mains Cold Water
Hot & Cold Steam (Sat) Water Services to 10 bar 13 17-PN16 1013
Condensate 30 M541-PN16 47 M651-PN16
Air 113
Gas (Isolation)
950W 47 5870 249(4A) 2761-PN16
950W 47 5870 249C(4)
(to 80mm)
Check
15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm
Main incoming 951W gas to building 65 - 300mm 971YL (FL Butterfly)
Double Check
15mm - 28mm 65mm - 300mm
Regulating(3) Flow Measurement(3) Commissioning(3) Motorflow (Control)(3) Automatic Flow Balancing Strainers
15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 20mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm
1432/1432L 953W 1000(3) M2000 1732(3) 5953W
Inside building 15-50mm 100YL (Ball)
65-200mm 201M-PN16 (Plug)
1051
807 810 810
Fan Coils(3)
15mm 20mm 25mm Plant/Rm General 81HU 371 77

(7)
Drains Thermostatic Mixing Valves Combined Vent & Drain Radiator Valves Thermostatic Radiator Valves
113
15mm - 20mm 25mm - 50mm 65mm - 150mm Wheel Lockshield Standard Remote
110
(1) (2) (3) (4) (4A) (5) (6) (7)
HTHW - Pressure/temp refer to catalogue on individual products See page 8 Low/Med/Standard flows available (see catalogue) Fig 249C 15mm - 28mm size range Fig 249 32mm - 50mm size range 549-PN6 available For temp up to 125C - 65mm+ (Isol 976) (Reg 979) (CS 5979) Available with isolating valves - Fig. 78. De-Aerators - Fig. 770 (20mm-50mm) Fig. 771 (50-150mm)
Valve Selection Guide

Application Isolation Size Range 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm Check 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm Regulating 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm Flow Measurement Commissioning 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm LTHW 30 M541-PN16(5) 47 651-PN16 1432/1432L M733DR-PN16 1000 M2000-PN16 1732(3) M2733-PN16 MTHW 30 M541-PN16(5) 47 651-PN16 1432/1432L M733DR-PN16 1000 M2000-PN16 1732(3) M2733-PN16 CHW 30 M541-PN16(5) 47 651-PN16 1432/1432L M733DR-PN16 1000 M2000-PN16 1732(3) M2733-PN16
COMMISSIONING VALVE SIZING CHART

Type 1000L 1000M 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 M2000 M2000 M2000 M2000 M2000 M2000 M2000 M2000 Size
1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4"
COMPACT HOOK-UP
Fig. No. 266H Description Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer and blow down valve for LTHW and MTHW applications. Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer, blow down valve and extension stem on lever operated ball valve for chilled water applications. Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV, strainer and blow down valve for LTHW and MTHW applications. Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV strainer, blow down valve and extension stem on lever operated ball valve for chilled water applications. Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for LTHW and MTHW applications. Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for chilled water applications and extension stem on lever operated ball valve. Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for LTHW and MTHW applications. Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for chilled water applications and extension stem on lever operated ball valve.
at 1.0 kPa Signal 0.014 l/s 0.028 l/s 0.054 l/s 0.116 l/s 0.207 l/s 0.425 l/s 0.640 l/s 1.325 l/s 2.75 l/s 3.82 l/s 6.25 l/s 9.48 l/s 13.7 l/s 23.2 l/s 34.8 l/s 50.5 l/s
at 4.7 kPa Signal 0.03 l/s 0.06 l/s 0.117 l/s 0.251 l/s 0.449 l/s 0.923 l/s 1.388 l/s 2.875 l/s 5.93 l/s 8.27 l/s 13.54 l/s 20.52 l/s 29.5 l/s 50.3 l/s 75.3 l/s 109.4 l/s
266C
1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 65mm 80mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm
267H
267C
268H
268C Based on medium grade pipe and water with an SG of 1.
262H
262C
10
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC
Balancing Valves - Automatic

Hattersley Autoflow (automatic balancing) valves give users and specifiers a major alternative to traditional commissioning products. Autoflow offers a radical, cost-effective method of regulating hot and chilled water systems. It is available in DZR copper alloy in sizes 1/2" to 2" with threaded ends and ductile iron in sizes from 21/2" to 14" (65 to 350mm). FEATURES Automatically maintains flow at the specified rate regardless of fluctuations in pressure Factory selection of the appropriate cartridge provides desired flow rate Tamperproof Self adjusting universal DZR assembly with multi-purpose functions Compact size Energy efficient, preventing overflows or excess flow rates BENEFITS Ensures constant volume irrespective of pressure fluctuations caused by pump speed or overflows from operation of remote control valve Design changes can be easily made by selection of the appropriate cartridge, eliminating the need for recommissioning Easy to insulate Can be installed in any pipework configuration does not require straight lengths of pipe Dynamic flow-limiting characteristics permit variable volume systems to function correctly DZR Y-Pattern and universal pattern can optionally be used as strainers (Figures 1052 and 1053)
11
Fig. 1050, 1051, 1052 and 1053 DZR Autoflow
PORT IDENTIFICATION, THREADS AND SPECIFYING INFORMATION

Port Identification and Connection Size - Figs. 1050, 1051, 1052 and 1053
Fig. 1051 shown
How to Specify Hattersley Autoflow Valves Automatic balancing valves have replaceable cartridges with flow rates determined at the factory. The flow cartridges are stainless steel or nickel finish. Deep drawn metal cartridges are not acceptable. Each cartridge is coded to indicate specific flow rate duty. The flow cartridge is 17 to 200 kPa rated as standard. Rating 34 to 400 kPa available as option.
1/2
Ports 1 and 2 are threaded 1/4" BSP (Pl) and

fitted with figure 631 test points
Port 1 can be supplied optionally threaded

1/2"
BSP (Pl)
Port 3 is threaded 1/4 BSP (Pl) in sizes 1/2 to 3/4"

and 1/2" BSP (Pl) in sizes 1 to 2" and fitted with blank plug
to 2" sizes are available with two body types, standard Y-Pattern and universal Y-Pattern with integral isolating ball valve and union connection. Bodies are DZR copper alloy with pressure tapping ports and are fitted with colour coded test points. Optional extended stems are available with universal type to allow for insulation. End connections are threaded as standard. 1/2 to 2" sizes have optional strainer facility in lieu of flow cartridge. Maximum pressure: Maximum temperature: Hattersley Autoflow Ref: 25 bar 120C
All other ports can be supplied threaded

1/4" BSP
(Pl) to order
For all figure numbers, ports are identified with

Y part of body in same orientation
Ports 4, 5, 6 and 7 apply only to figures 1051/

1053
Figures 1050/1052 have ports 1, 2 and 3 only
1/2 1/2
to 2" DZR Y-Pattern: to 2" DZR Universal Pattern: 65 to 350mm Ductile Iron: NES Ref: Y11.2230
Fig.1050 Fig. 1051 Fig. 2050
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
12
Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow
FLOW RATES
Flow Rates for Valves 6" (150mm) and above Valve Size 6 8 10 12 14
1/2"
Recommended Minimum Flow (l/s) 4.7 8.5 12.6 17.7 22.7
Velocity (m/s) 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.25
Maximum Flow (l/s) 34 60 94 128 162
Velocity 1.79 1.79 1.76 1.70 1.82 Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.10 0.16 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.31 0.39 0.47 0.54 0.62 0.70 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.93 1.09 1.24 1.40 1.55 1.86 2.17 Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.39 0.43 0.45 0.47 0.52 0.60 0.69 0.78 0.86 1.03 1.21 1.38
The following tables list the flow rates attainable using the standard range of cartridges and adaptors for valves up to 100mm (4") size. Above this size a multicartridge permutation is used to obtain the desired flow rate. These tables indicate the minimum and maximum flow rates for each size from 150 to 350mm (6 to 14"). Flow rates increase in increments of approximately 0.32l/s.
Body Flow (l/s) 0.021 0.032 0.042 0.047 0.056 0.063 0.079 0.095 0.110 0.126 0.142 0.158 0.166 0.174 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.379 0.442 Code T Y U Z V A AX AY AZ B BX BY BU BZ C CY D DY E F G Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Adaptor (inch to inch) No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor
3/4"
Body Flow (l/s) 0.021 0.032 0.042 0.047 0.056 0.063 0.079 0.095 0.110 0.126 0.142 0.158 0.166 0.174 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.379 0.442 0.505 Code T Y U Z V A AX AY AZ B BX BY BU BZ C CY D DY E F G H Adaptor (inch to inch) No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No Adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor
13
FLOW RATES
1" Body Flow (l/s) 0.042 0.047 0.064 0.079 0.095 0.110 0.126 0.158 0.169 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.379 0.442 0.505 0.568 0.631 0.694 0.758 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.010 1.073 1.136 11/4" Body Flow (l/s) 0.189 0.221 0.253 0.284 0.316 0.375 0.442 0.505 0.568 0.631 0.694 0.758 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.010 1.073 1.136 1.199 Code C CY D DY E F G H I AO AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Adaptor (inch to inch) 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.31 0.37 0.43 0.50 0.56 0.62 0.68 0.74 0.81 0.87 0.93 0.99 1.05 1.12 1.18 Code U Z A AX AY AZ B BY BU C CY D DY E F G H I AO AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH Cartridge Size (inch) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Adaptor (inch to inch) 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.07 0.08 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.22 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.38 0.43 0.49 0.54 0.65 0.75 0.86 0.97 1.08 1.19 1.29 1.40 1.51 1.62 1.73 1.83 1.94
14
FLOW RATES
11/2" Body Flow (l/s) 0.442 0.505 0.568 0.631 0.694 0.758 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.010 1.073 1.136 1.199 1.263 1.389 1.515 1.641 1.768 1.894 2.020 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2" Body Flow (l/s) 0.821 0.884 0.947 1.263 1.389 1.515 1.641 1.768 1.894 2.020 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2.904 3.030 3.157 Code AC AD AE BO BB BD BF BH CO CB CD CF CH DO DB DD DF DH EO Cartridge Size (inch) 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Adaptor (inch to inch) 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.37 0.40 0.43 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.97 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.20 1.26 1.32 1.37 1.43 Code G H I AO AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI BO BB BD BF BH CO CB CD CF CH DO DB DD Cartridge Size (inch) 0.75 0.75 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Adaptor (inch to inch) 2 to 0.75 2 to 0.75 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 2 to 1.25 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.32 0.37 0.41 0.46 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.92 1.01 1.10 1.19 1.28 1.37 1.46 1.56 1.65 1.74 1.83 1.92 2.01
15
FLOW RATES
21/2" Body Flow (l/s) 1.199 1.263 1.389 1.515 1.641 1.768 1.894 2.020 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2.904 3.030 3.157 3.283 3.535 3.788 4.040 4.293 4.545 3" Body ANSI Flow (l/s) 2.146 2.273 2.399 2.525 2.651 2.778 2.904 3.030 3.157 3.283 3.535 3.788 4.040 4.293 4.545 4.735 5.050 5.366 5.682 5.997 6.313 6.629 6.944 7.260 7.576 7.891 8.207 8.523 Code CD CF CH DO DB DD DF DH EO EB EF FO FD FH GB GE HO HE IO IE AOO AOE AAO AAE ABO ABE ACO ACE Cartridge Size (inch) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Adaptor (inch to inch) 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 3 to 2 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.42 0.44 0.47 0.49 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.59 0.62 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.93 0.99 1.05 1.11 1.17 1.23 1.30 1.36 1.42 1.48 1.54 1.60 1.67 Code AI BO BB BD BF BH CO CB CD CF CH DO DB DD DF DH EO EB EF FO FD FH GB Cartridge Size (inch) 1.25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Adaptor (inch to inch) 2.5 to 1.25 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 2.5 to 2 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.41 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.58 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.95 1.02 1.09 1.16 1.23
16
FLOW RATES
4" Body ANSI (fittings provided for installation in PN16 rated systems) Flow (l/s) 5.366 5.682 5.997 6.313 6.629 6.944 7.260 7.576 7.891 8.207 8.523 8.838 9.154 9.470 9.785 10.101 10.416 10.732 11.048 11.363 11.679 11.995 12.310 12.626 12.942 13.257 13.573 13.889 14.204 14.520 14.836 15.151 15.467 15.783 16.098 16.414 16.729 17.045 Code HE IO IE AOO AOE AAO AAE ABO ABE ACO ACE ADO ADE AEO AEE AFO AFE AGO AGE AHO AHE AIO AIE BOO BOE BAO BAE BBO BBE BCO BCE BDO BDE BEO BEE BFO BFE GO Cartridge Size (inch) 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/B 3/2 3/2 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 Adaptor (inch to inch) No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor/3 to 2 No adaptor/3 to 2 No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor No adaptor Pipe Velocity (m/s) 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.81 0.84 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.98 1.02 1.06 1.09 1.13 1.16 1.20 1.24 1.27 1.31 1.35 1.38 1.42 1.46 1.49 1.53 1.56 1.60 1.64 1.67 1.71 1.75 1.78 1.82 1.86 1.89 1.93 1.96
17
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC 25 BAR
Fig. 1050 (Flow Control) Fig. 1052 (Strainer) DZR Y-Pattern Autoflow
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Ensures constant volume irrespective of changing conditions Energy efficient, preventing overflows or excess flow rates Tamperproof
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body Cover Seals Drain Plug Test Point Flow Cartridge Flow Cartridge Adaptor Strainer Element
Material
DZR Copper Alloy DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Brass Fig. 631 Stainless Steel Brass Stainless Steel
Specification BS EN ASTM
12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 10270 X10CrNr18-8 12164 CW619N 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
A276-304
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING

21 bar at 120C 25 bar up to 100C
TEST PRESSURES (HYDRAULIC)

Shell: 37.5 bar
SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Autoflow regulator is factory set for correct flow.
Cartridge removable from body to provide access for change, inspection and cleaning without removing body from pipeline. Supplied with two figure 631 test points in port positions 1 and 2 - see page 10. Other ports can be supplied threaded, see page 10 for details. Drain valve optional. Test points can be supplied with extension pieces to clear insulation. Tagged with flow rate. Figure 1052 fitted with 20 mesh stainless steel filter in lieu of flow cartridge.
28 24
A E
20 Pressure bar
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Nom Size in
1/2 3/4
16 12 8 4 0 0
1 141 68 60
1/2
11/4 148 68 60
1/2
11/2 177 104 65

1/2
2 179 104 65
1/2
A mm B mm C (Approx) mm E (BS21 Pl) Weight kg
101 51 56
1/4
106 51 56
1/4
0.52
0.55
0.98
1.1
2.2
2.4
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 47-49.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
18
Fig. 1051 (Flow Control) Fig. 1053 (Strainer) DZR Universal Autoflow
Component
Body Tail Pipe Union Nut Ball (hard chrome plated) Stem Stem Seals Seats Cover Drain Plug Test Point Flow Cartridge Flow Cartridge Adaptor Seals Strainer Element
Material
DZR Copper Alloy DZR Copper Alloy Brass Brass Brass PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene DZR Copper Alloy Brass Fig. 631 Stainless Steel Brass EPDM Stainless Steel
12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 10270 X10CrNr18-8 12164 CW614N 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 A276-304
F C D

See pressure/temperature chart

Shell: 37.5 bar
SPECIFICATION
A E

Nom Size in
1/2 3/4
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Autoflow regulator factory set to automatically ensure correct flow. Cartridge removable from body to provide access for change, inspection and cleaning without removing body from pipeline.
Supplied with two figure 631 test points in port positions 1 and 2 - see page 10. Other ports can be supplied drilled and tapped, see page 10 for details. Drain valve optional. Extension stem for ball valve available. Test points can be supplied with extension pieces to clear insulation. Tagged with flow rate. Figure 1053 fitted with 20 mesh stainless steel filter in lieu of flow cartridge. Alternative end connections available on request.
28 24
1 2
o / t
1in
1 4
20 Pressure bar
/ to
3 4
/ in
1 2
/i
1 219 68 60 66
1/2
11/4 221 68 60 66
1/2
11/2 253 103 65 87

1/2
2 253 103 65 87
1/2
16 12 8 4 0 0
n
2in
A mm B mm C (Approx) mm D mm E (BS21 Pl) F mm Weight kg
157 51 56 51
1/4
160 51 56 51
1/4
100 1.1
100 1.1
120 2.3
120 2.3
140 4.6
140 4.6
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
19
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC PN16
Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow

Component
Body Flow Cartridge Adaptor Test Points Flow Cartridge Seals Drain Plug Eye Bolt
Material BS EN
Ductile Iron Brass
Specification ASTM
1563 EN GJS 500/7 A536 60-40-18 12164 CW614N
Fig. 631 Nickel Plated Brass EPDM Brass 12164 CW614N Steel
B

16 bar from -10 to 120C

D
Shell: 24 bar
SPECIFICATION
Ductile iron body designed to fit between ANSI 150 flanges. A pair of ANSI 150 slip-on flanges will be supplied with the assembly where required for installation into BS1387 tube
Supplied with lifting eye bolt to assist with installation. Autoflow regulator factory set to automatically ensure correct flow. Changes to flow specification can be accommodated by changing the relevant flow regulators. Supplied complete with two figure 631 test points and drain plug. Optional bolts and gaskets available. Suitable for PN40 pressure rating.
18 16 14 Pressure bar

Nom Size A mm in 65 21/2 148 5.82 108 4.25 6.1 80 3 223 8.78 127 5.00 10 100 4 244 8.78 155 6 173 6.82 12 150 6 258 8.78 175 7 216 8.50 19 200 8 250 10 300 12 350 14 279 8.78 300 12 450 17.72 69
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
mm in B (Approx) mm in D mm in *Weight (max) kg
279 279 279 8.78 8.78 8.78 205 235 250 8 9 10 280 340 406 11.00 13.35 16.00 30 35 53
20
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
Balancing Valves - Static

Hattersleys range of static balancing valves includes Double Regulating Valves and Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valves. The integral fixed orifice design offers greater accuracy, makes set-up easier and involves fewer
Commissioning Set (Globe) Commissioning Set (Butterfly) Metering Station Double Regulating Valve (Globe)
connections resulting in lower installation costs. Available in medium and low flow versions, Hattersleys static balancing valves offer positive flow control at all handwheel settings.
Double Regulating Valve (Butterfly) Isolating Valve (Gate) Isolating Valve (Butterfly) Pressure Tapped Valve (Globe) Pressure Tapped Valve (MS + IV)
ONE VALVE SYSTEM (MEASUREMENT AND REGULATION AT ONE POINT)

Commissioning Set Components
Service
Commissioning Set (CS) Fig. No. 2432 2432C 1732 + 1832 1732C + 1832C 1732L + 1832L 1732LC + 1832LC 1732M + 1832M 1732MC + 1832MC 5200 -
Metering Station (MS) Fig. No. 1000 1000 4000
Double Regulating Valve (DRV) Fig. No. 1432 1432C 1200DR -
End Connections Screwed Compression Screwed Compression Screwed Compression Flanged -
Size Range
1/2
Body Material Bronze/DZR Bronze/DZR Bronze/DZR Bronze/DZR Bronze/DZR Bronze/DZR Bronze Stainless Steel
Chilled Water LTHW, MTHW HTHW -
- 2" -
15mm
1/2"
15mm
1/2"
15mm 15-50mm -
VARIABLE ORIFICE DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES (VODRVS)

Service FODRV/ VODRV Fig. No. 1732 1832 M737 1200DRZ Isolating Valve Fig. No. 30 M541 1200 End Connections Screwed Flanged Flanged Size Range Body Material DZR Cast Iron Bronze
Chilled Water LTHW MTHW HTHW
- 2" 50-300mm 15-50mm
1/2
1732 FODRV replaces Bronze VODRV Preferred Arrangement IV
CS
21
Fig. 631 for Pressure and Temperature Measurement Hattersley Test Points
BS 7350 When fitted to measuring devices and strainers, test points are supplied with cap retainers in red and blue for upstream and downstream port identification.This meets the requirements of BS 7350. Test points are fitted with green cap retainers. Figure 631 - 10 test points per pack Figure 633 - 5 test points per pack Hattersley figure 631 test points are WRAS Approved products and are listed in the water fittings and materials directory.
Strategically placed test points allow access to live fluid systems for pressure and temperature measurements. Maximum temperature is 120C and maximum pressure is 3450kPa. Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW. Test Probes The application of a silicone lubricant to the probe shaft prior to insertion is recommended. Test points are available in either standard length, figure 631, or extended length, figure 633, both threaded 1/4" BSP (Tr). The extended length test point requires special test probe available from Hattersley. The single piece DZR copper alloy body houses a uniquely designed elastomeric core, providing excellent sealing performance and wear resistance. Double sealing on the cap is provided by precision metal to metal jointing backed up by a resilient O-Ring, allowing convenient, positive finger tightening.
36mm
68mm Elastomer Seal
22
Fig. 750 Hattersley Valve Controlled Test Points

Suitable for 40 bar pressure up to 180C including HTHW service.

Double isolating Uses standard air vent key Fitted with cap retainers in red and blue for upstream and downstream port identification. When used in pairs on measuring devices this meets the requirements of BS 7350 Recommended by Hattersley and fitted as standard to Hattersley M3000 and 4000 metering stations Copper alloy construction Accepts commercially available probes Threaded 1/4 ISO 7 (Tr)
50mm
30mm
23
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED)
Fig. 1000 DZR Brass Metering Stations

Precise and accurate measurement, conforming to BS 7350:1990 Dezincification resistant material preventing corrosion cracking and fungal growth WRAS approved for use with potable water Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification
Component
Metering Station Test Point
Material
DZR Brass Fig. 631
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N
A

Threaded Ends PN20 Series B 15 bar at 120C 20 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. WRAS Approved Product. Supplied fitted with two figure 631 test points Figure 1000 end connections threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Taper female with the exception of the 1/2" inlet which is parallel.

Shell: 30 bar
20
Threaded Ends
16 Pressure bar

Nom Size A (threaded) B Weight mm in mm mm kg
1/2
12
15
3/4
22
28 1 66 65 0.40
32 11/4 72 71 0.50
40 11/2 72 73 0.54
50 2 82 79 0.77
57 55 0.29
58 61 0.30
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
24
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED)
Fig. 1000L, 1000M DZR Brass Low & Medium Flow Metering Stations
Precise and accurate measurement, conforming to BS 7350:1990 Dezincification resistant material preventing corrosion cracking and fungal growth WRAS approved for use with potable water Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification
Component
Metering Station Test Point
Material
DZR Brass Fig. 631
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N
A

Threaded Ends PN20 Series B 15 bar at 120C 20 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
Generally in accordance with BS 7350:1990. WRAS Approved Product. Supplied fitted with two figure 631 test points. Outlet connection taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Inlet connection screwed BS 2779 (ISO 228) parallel. Suitable for use with flow rates down to 0.01l/s.

Shell: 30 bar
20
Threaded Ends
16 Pressure bar

Nom Size A (threaded) B Weight mm in mm mm kg
1/2
12
15
57 55 0.29
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
25
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION)
Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC Bronze Double Regulating Valve

Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Easy to operate with handwheel and numerical indicator Robust bronze body for long service life WRAS approved for use with potable water Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Component
Handwheel Stem Stem Seals Disc Disc Seal (1-2") Bonnet Body
Material
Plastic DZR copper alloy EPDM DZR copper alloy PTFE DZR copper alloy Bronze
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 1982 CC491K

Threaded Ends BS 7350 PN20 17.2 bar at 120C 20 bar at -10 to 100C Compressions Ends 5 bar at 120C 6 bar at 110C 10 bar at 65C 16 bar from -10 to 30C
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Handwheel operated. Numerical indicator. Inside screw non-rising handwheel. Characterised regulating disc. Flow charts available. End connections threaded. Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with compression. adaptors suitable for copper pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard). WRAS Approved Product.

Body: 30 bar Seat: 22 bar
APPLICATION
Figure 1432 can be used with Hattersley metering stations for commissioning.
20
Threaded Ends
16 Pressure bar
si res mp Co

Nom Size A A (compression) B Weight in mm mm mm kg
1/2L 1/2 3/4
12
on
11/4
11/2 125 148 1.43
2 146 149 1.88
En ds
87 105 110 0.54
87 105 110 0.54
96 118 111 0.58
100 114 132 133 0.88 1.05
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
26
Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L , 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (FODRV)
Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Easy to operate with handwheel and numerical indicator Integral orifice and test points no need for separate DRV and metering station WRAS approved for use with potable water Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Component
Handwheel Stem Stem Seals Disc Disc Seal (1-2") Bonnet Body Orifice Insert Fig. 631 Test Valve
Material
Plastic DZR copper alloy EPDM DZR copper alloy PTFE DZR copper alloy Bronze DZR copper alloy DZR copper alloy
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.

Threaded Ends BS 7350 PN20 17.2 bar at 120C 20 bar at -10 to 100C Handwheel operated. Numerical indicator. Inside screw non-rising handwheel. Characterised regulating disc. Integral fixed orifice. Supplied with two figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. End connections threaded.
Compressions Ends 5 bar at 120C 6 bar at 110C 10 bar at 65C 16 bar from -10 to 30C
Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with compression adaptors suitable for copper pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard). WRAS Approved Product.

Pressure bar
20
Threaded Ends
16
si res mp Co

Nom Size A A (compression) B Weight in mm mm mm kg
1/2L 1/2M 1/2 3/4
12
on
11/4
11/2
En ds
87 105 110 0.61
87 105 110 0.61
87 96 100 114 105 118 110 111 132 133 0.61 0.65 0.95 1.13
125 146 148 149 1.52 1.98
0 0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
27
Fig. 1832, 1832M, 1832L Bronze Motorised Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve
(Motorised FODRV)

Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Designed for circuits where combined functions of actuated regulation and flow measurement are required Operated by motorised actuator Integral fixed orifice commissioning valve and two port control panel faster commissioning
Component
Stem Stem Seals Disc Bonnet Body Orifice Insert Fig. 631 Test Valve
Material
DZR copper alloy EPDM EPDM DZR copper alloy Bronze DZR copper alloy DZR copper alloy
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N

Threaded Ends BS 7350 PN20 16 bar at 120C 25 bar at -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
Actuator operated for on/off or 1832: modulating control. Double regulating device allows flow to be balanced. Integral fixed orifice. 1832M: Supplied with 2 Figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. End connections threaded Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. 1832L: The 1832 Motorised FODRV is designed for installations in circuits where combined functions of actuated regulation and flow measurement are required. Accuracy of flow measurement is +5% across all driving settings.
1/2"
has a flow range of 0.061 to 0.132l/s 3/4" has a flow range of 0.131 to 0.289l/s
1/2"

Body: 30 bar Seat: 1.4 bar DP Note: Max DP = 1.2 bar
medium flow version is suitable for flow applications in the range of 0.03 to 0.07l/s low flow version is suitable for flow applications in the range of 0.01 to 0.03l/s
1/2"
18
16
14 Pressure bar 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0
Threaded Ends

Nom Size A B Weight in mm mm kg
1/2L 1/2M 1/2 3/4
87 50 0.41
87 50 0.41
87 50 0.41
96 51 0.45
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
28
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN40
Fig. 1200DR Bronze Double Regulating Valves

Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Easy to operate with handwheel Robust bronze body for long service life Suitable for high pressure applications
Component
Stem Gland Packing Bonnet Swivel Nut Disc Seat Body
Material BS EN
Manganese Bronze Asbestos Free Bronze Manganese Bronze Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Bronze
Specification ASTM
12164 CW721R 1982 CC491K 12164 CW721R B62
1982 CC491K
B62

BS 5154 PN40 Series A 34 bar at 180C 40 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS 7350:1990. Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN40. Fitted with parabolic regulating disc in Stainless Steel, double regulating device and indicator. Flow charts available.

Shell: 60 bar Seat: 44 bar
D
44 40 36 32

Nom Size A B (open) D E (open) Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 133 168 95 64 2.5 20 146 187 105 79 3.5 25 162 213 115 92 4.9 32 184 238 140 98 7.5 40 200 267 150 117 10 50 238 306 165 121 14
Pressure bar
28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
29
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN16 - SIZES 50-300mm
Fig. M2000 Stainless Steel Metering Stations

FEATURES AND BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Fig. 631
Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component Accurate flow measurement Body Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification
Extension Sleeve Test Points
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L

16 bar from -10 to 120C Note: The Test Point figure 631 has a maximum working temperature of 120C. For higher temperature requirements contact Hattersley Sales Office.
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Outside diameter locates metering station centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange bolting. Compatibility with other flanges available. Supplied complete with extensions and figure 631 test points. Flow charts available.
Use with figure M733DR to make Commissioning Set M2733.

18
16 14

Nom Size A B C Weight
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
mm mm mm mm kg
50 20 150 205 1.3
65 20 160 225 1.6
80 20 170 240 1.9
100 20 180 260 2.1
125 20 195 290 2.8
150 20 205 315 3.3
200 20 235 370 5.0
250 20 260 426 6.0
300 20 260 481 7.0
Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box.
30
Fig. M2000 Cast Iron Metering Stations

Material
Cast Iron Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 18/8 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Fig. 631
Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component Accurate flow measurement Body (350 to 450mm) Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification (500 to 700mm)
Orifice Plate Retaining Ring Extension Sleeve Test Points
1561 EN-JL1030 A126 ClB
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 AISI 316

PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120C Note: The Test Point figure 631 has a maximum working temperature of 120C If other test points are fitted the maximum operating temperature should be obtained from the test point manufacturer.
SPECIFICATION
Outside diameter locates metering station centrally on BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange bolting. Adaptations to suit other flanges available. Supplied complete with extensions and figure 631 test points. Flow charts available. Note: When used with a butterfly valve a minimum of 5 diameters of straight length of same diameter pipe as the valve must be fitted on both sides of the metering station.
B C

Shell: 24 bar

Nom Size A B C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 350 38 320 545 32 400 38 345 595 39 450 38 375 655 50 500 38 397 707 30 600 38 456 825 40
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets lifting hook and box. Larger sizes available on request.
31

Material
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Fig. 750
Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component Accurate flow measurement Body Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification
Extension Sleeve Valve Controlled Test Points
10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2 AISI 316

24.2 bar at 180C 25 bar from -10 to 120C Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point figure 750 has a maximum working temperature of 180C. If other test points are fitted the maximum operating temperature should be obtained from the test point manufacturer.
SPECIFICATION
Outside diameter locates metering station centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2 flange bolting. Compatibility with other flanges available. Supplied complete with extensions and figure 750 test points. Flow charts available.
Use with double regulating valve to make Commissioning Set

28
24 20

Nom Size A B C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 50 20 165 220 1.3 65 20 175 240 1.6 80 20 185 255 1.9 100 20 195 280 2.1 125 20 208 306 2.8 150 20 223 336 3.3 200 20 253 396 5.0 250 20 282 453 6.0 300 20 312 513 7.0
Pressure bar
16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature C
Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box.
32

Suitable for high pressure applications Compact, flanged design for fitting in tight spaces Accurate flow measurement Supplied with red and blue test points for upstream and downstream port identification
Component
Metering Station Valve Controlled Test Point
Material
Stainless Steel
10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2 AISI 316 17
Fig. 750
B C

PN40 Series A 34 bar at 180C 40 bar from -10 to 120C Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point figure 750 has a maximum working temperature of 180C. If other test points are fitted the maximum operating temperature should be obtained from the test point manufacturer.
SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS 7350. One piece full flange diameter. Integral orifice plate. Flange dimensions to BS EN 1092-2 PN40. Supplied complete with flange bolts, nuts and figure 750 test points. Flow charts available. Can also be used with figure 1200 PN40 isolating valve to form an orifice valve (PTV).

Shell: 60 bar
Use with figure 1200DR to make Commissioning Set 5200
44 40 36 32 Pressure bar

Nom Size A B C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 15 18 95 140 1.4 20 18 100 150 1.6 25 18 105 160 1.8 32 18 115 185 2.5 40 18 120 195 2.9 50 18 130 210 3.5
28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
Weights shown above include test points and gaskets.
33
Fig. M733DR Cast Iron Globe Valves with Double Regulating Feature
Robust iron body materials for long service life Precise flow regulation Flanged with handwheel easy to install and operate Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Component
Indicator Ring Indicator Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stem (50 to 100mm) Stem (125 to 200mm) Indicator Sleeve Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Stem Nut Disc Disc Coating Body Seat Ring
Material
Polymer Polymer H T Brass Graphite H T Brass H T Brass Stainless Steel Polymer Ductile Iron Asbestos Free H T Brass Cast Iron EPDM Cast Iron Bronze
12164 CW721R
B138 C67500
12164 CW721R B138 C67500 12164 CW721R B138 C67500 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 1563 EN JS 1050 12164 CW721R 1561 EN JLI030 1561 EN JLI030 1982 CC491K A536 80 55 06 B138 C67500 A126 CI B A126 CI B

C
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Inside screw, non-rising stem. EPDM coated disc. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Fitted with regulating disc, double regulating device and indicator.
16 bar from -10 to 120C Note: The maximum temperature is determined by the EPDM elastomer coated disc.
B

Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
18 16
Use with M2000 PN16 to make Commissioning Set M2733
Fig. M733 2000
14 Pressure bar 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 230 250 166 165 15 65 290 278 166 185 21 80 310 292 166 200 26 100 350 310 166 220 37 125 400 350 250 250 65 150 480 385 250 285 82 200 600 450 250 340 139
34
Fig. M733DR Ductile Iron Globe Valves with Double Regulating Feature
Component
Stem Gland (200 to 300mm) Gland Nut Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Disc Insert Disc Coating Seat Ring Body Packing
Material
316 SS
10088 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A276 316 1561 GRADE 250 536 65-45-12
Cast Iron Mild Steel Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Cast Iron 1561 GRADE 250 PTFE EPDM Bronze 1982 CC491K Ductile Iron Asbestos Free
536 65-45-12

SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS 7350: 1990. Inside screw, non-rising stem. Copper alloy trim. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Fitted with regulating disc, double regulating device and indicator.

B
18
Use with figure M2000 to make Commissioning Set M2733
M733 M2000 A
Pressure bar
16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 250 730 575 420 192 300 850 645 420 251
35
Fig. M737 Cast Iron Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valves

Component
Indicator Ring Indicator Gland Gland Flange Stuffing Box Stem (50 to 100mm) Stem (125 to 200mm) Indicator Sleeve Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Stem Nut Disc Disc Coating Body Extension Sleeve
Material BS EN
Polymer Polymer H T Brass Graphite H T Brass H T Brass Stainless Steel Polymer Ductile Iron Asbestos Free H T Brass Cast Iron EPDM Cast Iron Bronze
Specification ASTM
1561 EN JSI040 1561 EN JSI040 1561 EN JSI040 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN JSI040 1541 EN JLI040 1561 EN-JLI030 1982 CC491K
A126 CI B A126 CI B B505 C83600
C

16 bar from -10 to 120C Note: The maximum temperature is determined by the EPDM elastomer coated disc.
B
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. Inside screw, non-rising stem. EPDM coated disc. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 Fitted with regulating disc, double regulating device and indicator, figure 631 test points and extensions. Valves can be supplied with vapour seal. Optional insulation boxes. Flow charts available.
18 16 14


Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 230 250 166 165 15 65 290 278 166 185 21 80 310 292 166 200 26 100 350 310 166 220 37 125 400 350 250 250 65 150 480 385 250 285 82 200 600 450 250 340 139
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
36
Fig. M737 Ductile Iron Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valves

Component
Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stem Seat Retainer Disc Disc Insert Disc Coating Regulating Cone Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Body Seat Ring Body
Material BS EN
Ductile Iron Cast Iron Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Bronze Cast Iron PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene EPDM Bronze Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Bronze Ductile Iron
Specification ASTM
A536-65-45-12 A126 CI B
1563 EN-JSI030 1561 EN-JLI030
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
1563 EN-JSI030 1982 CC491K 1563 EN-JSI030
A536-65-45-12
A536-65-45-12m
C

BS EN 1092-2 PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
BS 7350:1990. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 1. Ductile iron body. Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Bronze body seat. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Flow charts available.

18
16 14 Pressure bar

Nom Size A B (open) C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 250 730 575 420 192 300 850 645 420 251
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
37
Fig. 953, 953G Cast Iron with Double Regulating Feature

Component
Body Shaft Disc Disc Liner Bearings
Material
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Aluminium Bronze Stainless Steel EPDM PTFE Coated Steel
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 1982 CC333G B148 C95800 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276 304

EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10 up to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Valves up to and including 200mm can be supplied lever operated or fully enclosed gear operated. All operators fitted with double regulating feature. Flow charts available. Note: Butterfly valves should not be less than 30 open when used for regulation duties.
SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
TEST PRESSURES
K
H
J
18 16

Pressure bar
14
Nom Size
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150 56 345 315 254 123 125 11.4 12
200 60 369 315 278 123 125 16 16
250 68 281 228 300 29
300 78 306 228 300 41
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
A mm 43 46 46 52 56 F* mm 264 272 279 301 314 G mm 250 250 250 250 250 H mm 182 190 197 219 232 J mm 123 123 123 123 123 K dia mm 125 125 125 125 125 Weight (953W) kg 4.1 4.9 5.2 6.5 8.5 Weight (953WG) kg 4.9 5.7 6.0 7.3 9.3 *F dimension is centre of valve to maximum lift of lever
38
Fig. 973, 973G Ductile Iron with Double Regulating Feature

Component
Body Shaft Disc Disc Liner Bearings
Material
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Aluminium Bronze Stainless Steel EPDM PTFE Coated Steel
1561 EN-JLI030 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 1982 CC333G 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A126 CI B AISI 431 B148 C95800 A276 304

EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10 up to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593: 2009. Valves up to and including 200mm can be supplied lever operated or fully enclosed gear operated. All operators fitted with double regulating feature. Flow charts available. Note: Butterfly valves should not be less than 30 open when used for regulation duties. Stainless Steel disc option 4973 - 4973G.
SERVICE RATING
TEST PRESSURES
K H A G J
18

Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 56 285 345 315 254 123 125 14 15 200 60 340 369 315 278 123 125 20 21 250 68 405 281 228 300 33 300 78 460 306 228 300 45
Pressure bar
16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
A mm 43 46 46 52 56 D mm 165 185 200 220 250 F* mm 264 272 279 301 314 G mm 250 250 250 250 250 H mm 182 190 197 219 232 J mm 123 123 123 123 123 K dia mm 125 125 125 125 125 Weight (973W) kg 4.6 5.4 7.2 8.8 12 Weight (973WG) kg 5.4 6.2 8.0 9.6 12 *F dimension is centre of valve to maximum lift of lever
39
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 - DN50-300
Fig. 4983G Ductile Iron Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve

Component
Body Plug Liner Shaft (lower) Disc Shaft (upper) O-Ring Lock Plate Snap Ring Gearbox
Material
Ductile Iron Carbon Steel EPDM Steel Stainless Steel Steel EPDM Brass Carbon Steel -
Specification BS EN
1563 EN GJS 56017
AISI 431 SS304 AISI 431 ASTM B16 C36000
H

H1
SPECIFICATION
A fully lugged butterfly valve for use with PN25 flanges. High temperature EPDM liner for applications up to 120C. A double regulating gearbox as standard. Can be used in conjunction with a flow measurement device, figure M3000 to regulate and measure flow.
A K

Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar
N-M
28 24 20 Pressure bar 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C

Nom Size A B H D E L K N-M H-I Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
140 152 160 180 191 202 241 274 315 68 76 85 100 120 132 160 200 230 35 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 45 90 90 90 90 90 90 125 125 125 43 45 46 51.5 56 56.5 60 68.5 79.5 160 160 160 160 160 160 238 238 238 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430 4-M16 8-M16 8-M16 8-M20 8-M24 8-M24 8-M24 12-M27 16-M27 172.5 184.5 192.5 212.5 223.5 234.5 278.0 311.0 366.0 10.0 10.8 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.5 29.8 40.0 53.0
40
Fig. 5953, 5953G Cast Iron Metrex Commissioning Sets

Robust iron body materials for long service life Precise flow regulation and accurate measurement Flanged with handwheel easy to install and operate Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Component
Valve Test Points Extension Sleeve Housing Orifice Plate
Material BS EN
Fig. 953G Fig. 631 Gunmetal Cast Iron (Nickel Plated) Stainless Steel
Specification ASTM DIN
1400LG2 B62 1705 G-CuSn5ZnPb 1452 Gr220 A126 CI B 1691 GG22 970 316S31 AISI 316 17440 X5CrNiMo1812
J

EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10C to 120C
H
SPECIFICATION
Gear operation provides infinitely variable settings between fully open and closed positions. Comprehensive flow charts available. Metering station kitemarked to BS 7350. Lever operated version available in sizes 50 to 200mm.
TEST PRESSURES
NOTES
The valve should not be less than 30 open for regulation duties.
18 16

Nom Size A B H J K Weight mm mm mm mm mm dia kg 50 133 135 182 123 125 10.0 65 151 145 190 123 125 10.8 80 166 160 197 123 125 11.0 100 192 165 219 123 125 13.0 125 221 180 232 123 125 16.0 150 246 190 254 123 125 18.5 200 300 225 278 123 125 29.8 250 358 255 281 228 300 40.0 300 418 275 306 228 300 53.0
Pressure bar
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
41
Fig. 5973, 5973G Cast Iron Metrex Commissioning Sets Chilled Water, LTHW & MTHW
Robust iron body materials for long service life Precise flow regulation and accurate measurement Flanged with handwheel easy to install and operate Positive flow control at all handwheel settings
Component
Valve Test Points Extension Sleeve Housing Orifice Plate
Material BS EN
Specification ASTM
Fig. 973 (see page 41 for materials) Fig. 631 Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 Cl B Stainless Steel 10088-1 XSCrNiMo 17-12-2 AISI 316

EPDM Seat 16 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
A close coupled commissioning set comprising a lugged butterfly valve and metering station to offer all the advantages of the close coupled concept together with an accuracy of 5% of flow rate. Gear operation provides infinitely variable settings between fully open and closed positions. The commissioning set is supplied as a single unit.
SERVICE RATING

Supplied complete with figure 631 test points and necessary bolting for connection of the valve end to the system. Comprehensive flow charts available. Note: The valve should be not less than 30 open for regulation duties. Wrench operated version available in sizes 50 to 200mm. Figure 9973G available, stainless steel disc.
J
18 16
B
Pressure bar
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C

Nom Size mm 50 133 135 182 123 125 13 65 151 145 190 123 125 15 80 166 160 197 123 125 21 100 192 165 219 123 125 26 125 221 180 232 123 125 33 150 246 190 254 123 125 45 200 300 225 278 123 125 69 250 358 255 281 228 300 94 300 418 275 306 228 300 131
A mm B mm H mm J mm K dia mm Weight (geared) kg
42
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC PN25 DN50-150
Fig. 4993G Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve

Precise flow regulation Flanged with handwheel easy to install and operate Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Bi-directional isolation Double eccentric disc
Component
Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel
Material BS EN
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Stainless Steel
Specification ASTM
A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304
10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10213-2 GP240GH
A276-304 A276-304 A276-304 A216 WCB
1561 EN-JLI030 10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B A276-304
C
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593: 2009.

D
25 bar from -10 to 135C 20.7 bar at 149C 3.4 bar at 204C

Body: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available.
E
28 24
B A

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 65 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 80 64 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 100 64 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 125 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 33 150 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47
Pressure bar
Nom Size A B H C D dia E F Weight
20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
43

Component
Material BS EN
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Stainless Steel
Specification ASTM
A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304
10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8
A276-304 A276-304 A276-304
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
F

D
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available.

B A E

Nom Size A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 200 89 294 369 42 300 67 223 73 250 114 333 396 50 457 90 279 126 300 114 382 461 50 457 123 331 167 350 127 398 477 50 457 154 356 243 400 140 448 557 66 610 138 477 340 450 152 473 583 66 610 138 477 454 500 152 555 643 66 610 138 477 493
16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
44

Component
Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel Body Body Seat Disc
Material
PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
A276-304 A276-304 A276-304
1561 EN-JLI030 10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304
F

D
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available.

B A E

Nom Size A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 65 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 80 64 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 100 64 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 125 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 33 150 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47
30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
45

Component
Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel
Material
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel
10213-2 GP240GH 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A216 WCB A276-304 A276-304
A276-304 A276-304 A276-304
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
F

D
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves fitted with double regulating feature. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available.
45 40 35 Pressure bar 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

B A

46
Cast Iron and Steel Commissioning Valves Coefficients

Fig. M2000 Nom Size mm Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs Nom Size mm Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. M3000 Nom Size mm Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. M733DR Nom Size mm Flow Kv (fully open) Fig. M737 Nom Size mm Flow Kv (fully open) Kvs Fig. 5953G Nom Size mm Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. 5973G Nom Size mm Headloss Factor Kvs Fig. 4983G PN25 Nom Size mm Headloss Factor Kvs 50 1.86 85 65 0.95 204 80 0.50 370 100 0.29 820 125 0.37 982 150 0.43 1353 200 0.31 2923 250 0.56 3374 300 0.33 6350 50 0.45 48.24 65 0.4 98.58 80 0.4 137.4 100 0.35 224.9 125 0.35 341.1 150 0.35 491.5 200 0.35 835.4 250 0.35 1252 300 0.35 1818 50 0.45 48.24 65 0.4 98.58 80 0.4 137.4 100 0.35 224.9 125 0.35 341.1 150 0.35 491.5 200 0.35 835.4 250 0.35 1252 300 0.35 1818 50 48.39 49.47 65 78.16 81.79 80 114.1 128.1 100 198.3 223.9 125 312.8 349.4 150 438.2 445.9 200 833.3 889.5 250 1185 1185 300 1450 1450 50 48.39 65 78.16 80 114.1 100 198.3 125 312.8 150 438.2 200 833.3 250 1185 300 1450 50 65 155.9 0.4 98.58 80 217.3 0.4 137.4 100 380.2 0.35 224.9 125 576.6 0.35 341.1 150 830.8 0.35 491.5 200 1412 0.35 835.4 250 2116 0.35 1252 300 3073 0.35 1818 50 71.91 0.45 48.24 250 2116 0.35 1252 65 155.9 0.4 98.58 300 3073 0.35 1818 80 217.3 0.4 137.4 350 3810 0.35 2254 100 380.2 0.35 224.9 400 4968 0.35 2939 125 576.6 0.35 341.1 450 6087 0.35 3601 150 830.8 0.35 491.5 500 7958 0.35 4708 200 1412 0.35 835.4 600 11621 0.35 6875
47
Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients

Headloss Factor % The headloss across a metering station is less than the differential pressure (P) signal indicated at the pressure tappings as shown on the metering station flow charts. The value of headloss for the metering station is shown as a percentage of the signal in the tables below. Fig. 1000 Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 2.244 0.75 1.943 22 5.4 0.6 4.181 28 9.63 0.6 7.46 32 21.68 0.5 15.33 40 34.38 0.45 23.06 50 71.1 0.45 47.7 The headloss of the DRV is obtained from the graph at the fully open position at the particular design flow rate. The total headloss of the metering station and DRV (commissioning set), when directly coupled or independently located, is the summation of the two separate values.
Fig. 1000C Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 2.354 0.75 2.039
Fig. 1000M Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 1.101 0.83 1.003
Fig. 1000L Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 0.533 0.9 0.506
Fig. 1000MC Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 1.129 0.83 1.029
Fig. 1000LC Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 0.539 0.9 0.511
Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC Nom Size in 1432 Flow Kv (fully open) 1432L Flow Kv 1432C Flow Kv 1432LC Flow Kv
1/2L 1/2 3/4
2.26 -
2.14 2.26 2.14 2.26
3.6 3.6 -
1 6.37 -
11/4 12.3 -
11/2 21.3 -
2 31.3 -
Fig. 2432, 2432LM, 2432LL Nom Size 2432 Flow Kv 2432LM Flow Kv 2432LL Flow Kv in
1/2 3/4
1.549 0.99 0.519
2.995 -
1 5.31 -
11/4 10.7 -
11/2 18.11 -
2 28.65 -
48
Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients

Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L, 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC Nom Size in 1732 Flow Kv 1732 Kvs 1732M Flow Kv 1732M Kvs 1732L Flow Kv 1732L Kvs 1732C Flow Kv 1732C Kvs 1732MC Flow Kv 1732MC Kvs 1732LC Flow Kv 1732LC Kvs Fig. 1832, 1832M, 1832L Nom Size 1832 Flow Kv 1832 Kvs 1832M Flow Kv 1832M Kvs 1832L Flow Kv 1832L Kvs Fig. 1200DR Nom Size Flow Kv mm 15 4.74 20 9.96 25 18.46 35 26.71 40 42.15 50 70.95 in
1/2 3/4 1/2L 1/2M 1/2 3/4
1.87 1.943 1.06 1.003 0.57 0.506 1.87 2.037 1.06 1.029 0.57 0.511
3.14 4.181 3.14 4.457 -
1 5.59 7.46 -
11/4 10.8 15.33 -
11/2 18.1 23.06 -
2 29.1 47.7 -
1.703 1.943 1.056 1.003 0.532 0.506
2.973 4.181 -
Fig. 4000 Nom Size Flow Kv Headloss Factor Kvs mm 15 2.293 0.75 1.986 20 5.331 0.6 4.129 25 9.506 0.6 7.363 35 22.15 0.5 15.66 40 36.36 0.45 24.39 50 70.91 0.45 47.57
49
The Baltic Arts Centre, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear Specification: Range of Hattersley Commissioning and Traditional Valves 50 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
Differential Pressure Control Valves

Extremely efficient, the DPCV is set to a maximum differential pressure limit, under dynamic balancing conditions, which ensures flow cannot exceed a desired rate. It therefore helps reduce energy consumption and the risk of noise, and simplifies the commissioning process. The EPM diaphragm, which separates the upper and lower chamber of the valve, in combination with the balanced piston, is key to stabilising differential pressure within the system. The rubber-seated piston, controlled by the diaphragm, closes the valve on rising differential pressure and opens it on falling differential pressure. The valve will continue to move in this way until equilibrium of pressure is achieved. This ensures the maximum desired flow rates or differential pressures are not exceeded. Installing a DPCV in a system to control differential pressure can also help to minimise the risk of noise. Installing a DPCV in a circuit ensures the system remains balanced, independent from any changes in other areas of the circuit, which greatly simplifies the balancing and commissioning procedure. It also maintains the control authority of the 2 port control valve. Available in sizes from DN15 to DN50, in flow and return configurations, the DPCV operates at a temperature range of -10C to 100C and is PN16 rated. The pressure differential is set on installation, across a 20 to 80 kPa range, and can be easily adjusted on commissioning as required by the changing conditions. Hattersley offers other accessories which are highly recommended in order to achieve an optimum performance. See page 57 for details.
51
Differential Pressure Control Valves Features and Benefits
Upper Chamber*
The higher pressure, before the load, is transmitted to the upper chamber.
Diaphragm
Separates and balances the upper and lower chambers and therefore the differential pressure. The Diaphragm reacts quickly to fluctuation in pressure.
Lower Chamber*
The lower pressure, after the load, is transmitted to the lower chamber.
Body
PN16 rated. Compact design allows for installation in limited spaces.
Male Threaded Ends

Male and female adapters are available so that the DPCV can be placed in any standard pipework. See page 55 for details. The valve is easily replaceable without disturbing the surrounding pipework.
*Please see page 55 for typical installation layouts.
52
Impulse Tube
Alongside the DPCV, an impulse tube is supplied as standard. It is essential to the valves performance as it taps pressure from the other side of the circuit and links it to the valves chambers.
Adjuster
Easily sets differential pressure across a 20-80 kPa range, and can be adjusted to maintain desired flow rates or differential pressure, matching circuit conditions.
Integral Impulse Tube*

Pressure from before the load is linked to the upper chamber (flow mounted configuration only).
Rubber Seated Piston

Closes on rising differential pressure and opens on falling differential pressure. Maintains the desired system flow rate.
53
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PN16
Fig. F300 Flow Fig. R300 Return

Maintains a consistent performance Use with variable speed pumps within HVAC systems Enhances efficiency Reduces energy consumption Simplifies the commissioning process Easily adjusted to meet future conditions
Component
Body Bonnet Chamber Adjuster Stem / Piston Diaphragm O-Ring Seals
Material
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Nylon Grade PA6 Stainless Steel BS EN 10088 - 1:2005 Rubber EPM Rubber EPDM

Size A B End Connection Weight mm mm in kg DN15 90 175 3/4" 2.34 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 150.5 195 13/4" 3.07 DN50 184 205 23/8" 3.57 96 114 132.5 175 185 190 1" 11/4" 11/2" BSP Parallel Male 2.39 2.62 2.76
119
Flow Configuration Top View

119
Return Configuration Top View
Impulse Tube Connection
Impulse Tube Connection
Flow & Return Configuration Side View
Flow Configuration Front View

105
Return Configuration Front View

80
54
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES ACCESSORIES
DPCV Accessories
COMPANION VALVE
Hattersley highly recommends the use of a companion valve as a part of the circuit. As well as providing standard flow measuring and regulating features, the companion valve has an integral tapping point for an impulse tube to link the valve and the DPCV. Additional impulse tubes are available on request.
ISOLATING BALL VALVE

Installing a ball valve in the impulse tube allows isolation of the tube during flushing. This helps to ensure that the tube is kept free from debris.
MALE AND FEMALE TAILPIECES

Hattersley offers additional male and female BSP taper threaded couplings, giving the contractors a variety of options on installation and enabling a fast and easy connection to the pipework.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION LAYOUTS
DPCV Impulse Tube
Companion Valve Impulse Tube
Load P1
Load
Companion Valve
2 Port Control Valve
P2 DPCV
2 Port Control Valve
Example Flow Configuration (F300)
Example RETURN Configuration (R300)
55
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PN16
Companion Valve DP1732 - Standard Flow, DP1732M - Medium Flow, DP1732L - Low Flow
Has an integral tapping point for the impulse tube to link with the Hattersley DPCV Integral orifice and test points provide precise and accurate flow measurement Easy to operate with Double Regulating handwheel and numerical position indicator Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Manufactured using WRAS Approved materials Can be used plugged, as supplied, for PN25 applications or with an impulse tube for PN16 applications Characterised regulating disc tends towards equal percentage performance Male threaded ends for easy connection to all pipework systems
Component
Body Bonnet DN15 to DN32 Bonnet DN40 & DN50 Stem/Disc 'O' Ring Seal Plug R1/8 Inch Fig. 631 Test Points
Material
Bronze - BS EN 1982: CC491K DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N Bronze - BS EN 1982: CC491K DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N DZR Brass - BS EN 12164: CW602N
C D
90
E A
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING WHEN IMPULSE TUBE IS INSERTED

Temperature C -10 - 30 40 Pressure bar 16 50 65 10 80 8.7 90 100 110 120 7.8 6.9 6 5
WHEN PLUGGED
Temperature C Pressure bar -10 - 30 25 110 23.4 120 21.8
14.3 12.6

FIg No. A B C D E Kv Kvs Weight mm mm mm mm mm DP DP DP DP DP 1732 1732M 1732L 1732 1732 90 105 50 34 G3/4" 1.87 1.943 0.60 90 105 50 34 G3/4" 1.06 1.003 0.60 DP 1732 DP DP 1732 1732 150.5 184 143 144 70 78 46 48 G13/4" G23/8" 18.10 29.10 23.06 47.7 1.48 2.13
END CONNECTIONS
Male parallel threads to ISO 228
kg
90 96 114 132.5 105 106 127 128 50 54 62 66 34 36 39 43 G3/4" G1" G11/4" G11/2" 0.57 3.14 5.59 10.80 0.506 4.181 7.46 15.33 0.60 0.65 0.99 1.12
SPECIFICATION
Inside screw non-rising stem. Characterised regulating disc. Integral fixed orifice. Supplied with 2 Fig. 631 test points fitted.
56
HOOK-UP II
Hook-Up II
Hook-Up II provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation, using bronze and DZR brass components. It is PN16 rated with versions suitable for chilled, low and medium temperature hot water, ranging from -10C to a maximum of 120C. Available in 1/2", 3/4" and 1" sizes. The Hook-Up II is pre-fabricated using proven, stringently tested Hattersley products. The fully assembled unit is tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 prior to delivery. For a complete list of components see the specification for each figure number on the following pages. The newly designed Hook-Up II features a number of design improvements. A single cast H-Body reduces the number of joints, the weight and the size of the module. A combination of components can be selected to attach to the H-Body, depending on the site specifications. BENEFITS For the design engineer there are many advantages. With all the components supplied as one pre-tested unit, minimal design involvement is needed and the performance of the entire unit is known in advance. For the contractor the need for only four connections offers significant reductions in costs. The fully tested, guaranteed and standardised components are pressure tested before leaving Hattersley. Apart from the cleaning of the strainer, the Hook-Up II is designed to be maintenance free. This brochure outlines our standard range but other configurations can be made by special arrangement. Our technical team will assist with valve sizing etc.
57
HOOK-UP II
Commissioning Set Flow and Return Connections:

Adjusts and sets the flow rate with proven high accuracy. Customers can opt for manually set FODRV valve or a motorised FODRV valve (left).
A B C D
Flow Connection from Pipework Flow Connection to the Terminal Unit Return Connection from the Terminal Unit Return Connection to Pipework
Centralised Isolation Valve

Allows easy back flushing, forward flushing and isolation. An extension stem is added for chilled water services
Flushing bypass
11
Figure 266 for heated water is shown here.
58
HOOK-UP II
Pressure Test Points

On commissioning valves for flow measurement. On strainer to check pressure drop across load.
Draincock
For routine maintenance, allows flushing of strainer without need to remove basket.
3 End Connectors
C B
Simple connection to system. BSP female threads allow connections to any possible pipes using adaptors. Installed directly on flow and return connections of heating and cooling terminal units ie. fan coils and chilled beams. 5
Strainer (optional)
Keeps system clean. Filters flow before it reaches terminal unit.
Union Connector
Allows custom alignment and features an integral O-Ring to ensure joints are pressure tight.
Extension Stems New H-Body

is factory tested before and after final assembly. Consists of one compact casting; reducing weight and size.
Reference Tags
Each unit is tagged with individual fan coil reference numbers and relevant customer information as requested.
For chilled water services, extension stems are fitted as standard to the isolation ball valve to enable lagging.
10
59
60
Project: Wembley WO5 development, London Client: Quintain Architect: PRP/The Manser Practice Project Manager: Stace LLP Mechanical Contractor: FCS Services Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up II Hattersley Hook-Up II flow management modules have been specified for the HVAC system of Quintains new mixed-use development in the Wembley WO5 district, which surrounds the Wembley Arena. The project will have 3 phases; the student accommodation will be constructed first, followed by apartments and then a 4* Hilton Hotel. Hattersley valves will be installed in all stages of the development to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning. The Hook-Up II is ideal for this project as it provides easy flow control and accurate flow measurement, along with flushing and isolating capabilities from a single, pre-fabricated unit. Only four connections need to be made on-site, speeding up installation time and reducing costs. All modules are tested in advance so design engineers know the exact performance of the entire unit prior to installation. The construction of student halls of residence has just started and will comprise 656 bedrooms, communal kitchens and car parking over 11 floors.
61
HOOK-UP II PN16
Fig. C266, H266 Manual (with Drain and Strainer)

Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Provides flow control, measurement, flushing and isolation Can be tailored to customers specifications For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW Reduces time, costs and specification risks
Component
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. H-Body Fig. 1732/M/L FODRV Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball Union Connector Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve Fig. 631 Test Point Adaptors for 1" only* Union Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.

PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or right-handed configuration.
TEST PRESSURES
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003
SERVICE RATING
Figure C266 is suitable for chilled water applications. Figure H266 is suitable for LTHW and MTHW applications.
Fig. C266 for chilled water
Fig. H266 for heated water
G G
Fig. C266
D1
Fig. H266

Nom Size A B C D D1 E F G H J J1 Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1/2 female 3/4 female
C B J J 8 4
J1
143 170 205 38 105 110 168 110 80 42 2.35
143 185 215 47 119 120 175 111 80 42 2.70
1 female 150 221 251 50 123 120 190 132 80 42 70 3.40
OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS
62
(right-hand configuration shown)
HOOK-UP II PN16
Fig. C268, H268 Manual (with Drain and Strainer)

Component
1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) 2. Fig. 1732/M/L DRV 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve 4. Union Connector 5. Adaptors for 1" only* 6. Union Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW614N

PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
SERVICE RATING
D1
Fig. C268

Nom Size A B D D1 F G H J J1 Weight
3
Fig. H268
B J1 6 4 J
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1/2 female
3/4 female
143 120 45 110 168 110 80 42 1.90
143 125 54 119 175 111 80 42 2.20
1 female 150 149 57 123 190 132 80 42 70 2.75
OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS
63
HOOK-UP II PN16
Fig. C267 H267 MotoBalance (with Drain and Strainer)

Component
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. H-Body Fig. 1832/M/L FODRV Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball Union Connector Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve Fig. 631 Test Point Union Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N

PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003
SERVICE RATING
G1

C
Nom Size A B C D D1 E F G G1 H J Weight
D1
Fig. C267
Fig. H267
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1/2 female
3/4 female
125 170 205 38 105 110 168 43 85 80 42 2.20
125 185 215 47 119 120 175 43 85 80 42 2.54
7 4
64
HOOK-UP II PN16
Fig. C269, H269 MotoBalance (with Drain and Strainer)

Component
1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) 2. Fig. 1832/M/L DRV 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve 4. Union Connector 5. Union Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW614N

PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION

Tested to BS EN 12266-1
SERVICE RATING
D1
G1
Fig. C269
Fig. H269
B J 5

Nom Size A B D D1 F G G1 H J Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
3 4
125 120 45 110 168 43 85 80 42 1.75
125 125 54 119 175 43 85 80 42 2.04
2
A
65
HOOK-UP II PN16
Fig. C262, H262 Autoflow (with Drain and Strainer)

Component
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. H-Body Fig. 1051 Autoflow Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball Union Connector Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve Fig. 631 Test Point Adaptors for 1" only* Union Nut
Material
Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N

PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
SERVICE RATING
Fig. H262
Fig. C262

Nom Size A B C D D1 E F G G1 H J J1 Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1 female 140 221 251 68 123 120 295 43 85 80 42 70 4.67
C B 6 3 4 8 J
J1
130 170 205 51 105 110 220 43 85 80 42 2.78
135 185 215 51 119 120 225 43 85 80 42 3.09
66
D1
G1
HOOK-UP II PN16
Fig. C264, H264 Autoflow (with Drain and Strainer)

Component
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) Fig. 1051 Autoflow Fig. 100 Ball Valve Union Connector Adaptors for 1" only* Union Nut
Material
Bronze DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N

PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003
SERVICE RATING
D1
G1
Fig. C264

Nom Size A B D D1 F G G1 H J J1 K Weight
B J1 6 J
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1/2 female
3/4 female
130 120 45 110 220 43 85 80 42 51 2.33
135 125 54 119 225 43 85 80 42 51 2.59
1 female 140 149 57 123 295 43 85 80 42 70 68 4.07
Fig. H264
67
Gulf Hotel, Bahrain Specification: Hattersley Globe and Butterfly Valves 68 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
MULTICOMM
MultiComm
On large projects, significant time and cost can be eliminated by enabling commissioning at convenient locations. Ends of corridors, or accessible cupboards can be used, which would also eliminate disruption to occupiers during maintenance works. The MultiComm is an exceptionally efficient, practical and versatile system: Depending on flow rates, up to six terminals can be served from a single MultiComm unit. All units are custom built to suit site specification. All site connections can be made without the need to access the internal components. MultiComm is suitable for variable flow or constant flow systems. All connections are BSPT Female, enabling standard pipe or specialist adaptors to be used. Fan coil units can be flushed, vented and balanced without the time-consuming 'looping out' procedure. This can be carried out by one commissioning engineer instead of a team. A single strainer serves all circuits, eliminating the need for individual strainers. All systems can be flushed through the unique Hook-Up H-Body. The single DPCV maintains constant differential pressure between manifolds.
Hattersley MultiComm provides one easy access point for commissioning and maintenance of multiple heating/chilled water terminal units.
69
MULTICOMM
MultiComm
Mounting plate for manifolds Insulated box for Heating or Chilling
Return Balancing Valves
DPCV for Variable flow systems
Flow Isolation Valves
Unique H-Body for flushing
All connections accessible without entering box
Strainer

Maximum pressure: 16 bar Temperature rating: -10 to 100C
Component
H-Body Strainer Manifolds Isolation Valves Regulation Valves
Material
Bronze Bronze (Fig. 817) Bronze DZR Brass (Fig. 100) Bronze (1732 or 1832)

Units with outlets and inlets on same side
Outlets & Inlets Length Height Width Weight mm mm mm kg 6x6 1120 250 290 40 5x5 1120 250 290 38 4x4 880 250 290 36 3x3 880 250 290 34 2x2 640 250 290 30
TYPICAL SCHEMATIC
Units with outlets and inlets on opposite side

Outlets & Inlets Length Height Width Weight mm mm mm kg 6x6 1120 200 400 40 5x5 1120 200 400 38 4x4 880 200 400 36 3x3 880 200 400 34 2x2 640 200 400 30
70
Pressure Independent Control Valves

Unique flow measurement for accurate commissioning and troubleshooting Pre-set flow rates Reacts to system changes to maintain stable flow rates Equal percentage control characteristic ensures improved system control Removable cartridge for flushing, complies with CIBSE and BSRIA recommendation Also available as part of Hook-Up II flow management system
Figure 305*
Details available on request

Call us on
0845 604 1790

Figure C270 series - Hook-Up with PICV*
or visit us online
www.hattersley.com
* Please note PICV and actuator are sold separately.
One Reading Central, Reading, Berkshire Specification: Hattersley Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valves 72 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PROCOMM
ProComm
State of the-art electronics, microprocessor and hydraulics in one compact unit. The ProComm makes the on-site measurement of differential pressure and flow rates of water in HVAC systems an extremely simple operation. With a range of sophisticated features providing extremely accurate measurement, coupled with a database of over 1300 valves from 34 manufacturers worldwide, the ProComm is the ultimate instrument for commissioning engineers.
Ease of use Sophistication
Accuracy of measurement is one of the most important elements of the function of commissioning units. The ProComm gives differential pressure readings with accuracy better than 1% or 100 Pascals, plus, an integral damping system further improves reading confidence on unstable systems. This level of accuracy is achieved with the use of the latest wet/wet sensor technology. ProComm incorporates a unique crossover valve arrangement designed to protect the sensor, if exposed to high differential pressures. More sophistication is available as Bluetooth can be fitted as an option to enable direct communication with a laptop, PDA or another ProComm (peer to peer).
Convenience
The nine button keypad allows simple navigation through the menu system that provides the option to select the most appropriate screen for the work being carried out. This can show the full parameter of data available or simply a screen showing just the differential pressure - useful for those wishing to use the ProComm as a simple manometer. Unlike any other commissioning unit, the most commonly used functions Flow and Pressure are shown as the default screen from the Display menu. This means that for most general commissioning purposes the most valuable data is shown at the touch of a button in large text.
DISPLAY
FLOW/PRESSURE MULTI DISPLAY PRESSURE FLOW PRESSURE SCOPE ABOUT
Designed to be as portable as possible, the compact and lightweight unit is easily operated in the hand or may be clipped to a lanyard. The complete ProComm unit includes: 1 x Carry case 1 x Handheld transducer and display unit 2 x Connector tubes with isolating valves (2 metres) 2 x Straight Mechseal style adaptors 2 x Angled binder style adaptors 1 x PP3 battery 1 x Lanyard 1 x Set of operating instructions 1 x Calibration certificate 1 x Quick start guide
ZERO DP
19 C
5.3 kPa 0.26 L/S
2.2 Kv s
HATTERSLEY FIXED 1732 15mm
73
PROCOMM
ProComm
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Calibrated Range: Accuracy: 0.3 kPa to 250 kPa +/- 0.03 kPa 0.3 to 1kPa +/- 0.05 kPa 1.0 to 10 kPa +/- 5% 10kPa to 250kPa
Maximum Static Pressure: 10 bar Resolution: 0.01 kPa < 100kPa 0.1 kPa >100kPa
ENVIRONMENT
Media Temperature: Storage Temperature: Power Supply: Effective Operating Time: Max 95C Ambient (Avoid low temperature to protect unit/sensor) PP3 9v battery. 20 hours with standard alkaline PP3 battery (Dependent on use of backlight). Annual calibration is recommended. 1300 valves stored including all major European manufacturers.
Calibration: Valve Database:
Pre-set Defaults
Set Default
English
Menu Option
French Italian Spanish Pa psi bar feet H2O Inches H2O metres H2O mm H2O cm H2O l/min l/hr galls/m (imp) galls/m (US) m3/hr Fahrenheit
The following settings can be changed by the user

Design Flow Target Flow Flow Alerts Light Timer Auto off Timer DP Cut Off Update time Sample time Specific Gravity 0 l/sec 0% ON 10 minutes 10 minutes 30 kPa 1 second 3 seconds 01:00
Language
Pressure
kPa
Flow
l/sec
Temperature
Celsius
74
AIR VENTS/DE-AERATORS
Air Vents/De-Aerators
Offering an efficient performance, the Hattersley Air Vents remove inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system. Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi-boiler and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs.
75
AIR VENT PN10
Fig. 775 Automatic

Removes inevitable potentially dangerous air trapped in system Simplifies the venting process Saves time and costs
Component
Body Cover Float Seals Anti Vacuum Cap Non Return Valve
Material BS EN
Brass Brass Polypropylene EPDM Brass Brass
Specification ASTM
B455 C38000 B455 C38000
12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N
B455 C38000 B455 C38000
A

10 bar at 120C
MAXIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE

2.5 bar
D B
BSP parallel thread. Non return valve option available in sizes 3/8" and 1/2". Isolation valve option available in sizes 3/4" and 1".
NOTE
The non-return valve base allows the automatic air vent to be removed without draining the system.
12 10 8 6 4
Max Discharge Pressure
SPECIFICATION
C D
Brass body and cover. Polypropylene float. EPDM seals. WRAS approved product. Anti vacuum cap.

in
3/8 1/2 3/4
1 48 56 12.5 92 0.25 -
A mm B mm C mm D mm Weight kg With Non Return Valve C mm D mm Weight kg
48 54.5 11.5 89.5 0.18 28 106 0.23
48 54.5 11.5 89.5 0.18 28 106 0.23
48 56 12.5 92 0.25 -
Pressure bar
Nom Size
2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
76
BALL VALVES
Ball Valves
The Hattersley Series of ball valves consists of compact, lightweight units which are easy to install and operate, yet their ability to withstand robust construction ensures long, trouble-free service life. They offer full flow with minimum turbulence in the open position and bubble tight closure in the closed position. Only a quarter-turn is required to fully open or close the valve.
Multiple operating handle options (Clockwise from top right), quarter turn lever, extended stem lever, T-Handle & lockshield
8
Secondary O-Ring seal, for additional leakage protection, aids resistance to site installation damage 1 Quarter turn operation provides positive isolation in conjunction with PTFE, WRAS approved seats and stem seals
Loctite 648 is used on the main joint threads to give more strength and resistance to installation damage 2 Available in different taper thread options BS EN 10226-2 or ANSI B1.20.1 3
Hattersley pipe threads meet full gauge length 6
Ball is DZR brass chrome plated, designed for a long life. Temperature range is -10 to 120C. Ball is full bore 5
Primary metal to metal seal
The New Figure 100 Series. See website for Next Generation DZR Ball Valves video.
77
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 100, 100EXT Threaded DZR - Lever Operated

Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 1/4" to 2" WRAS Approved
Component
Hex-Nut Lever Sleeve Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball O-Ring Bonnet Stem Extension Stem Outer Extension Stem Inner
Material
Steel Plated Steel Dacromet Plated Green PVC Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Aluminium Brass Nickel Plated
L2
Fig. 100
H
L1 L
L1
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS THREADED

Temperature C -10 to 100 Fig. 100EXT Pressure bar 25 21.8
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.
120
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 formerly BS21 Taper. US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983. Operator: Lever. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed.

Nom Size L L1 L2 H H Weight Weight Fig 100 in
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
11/4
11/2
mm mm 100 mm 100 mm 100EXT mm 100 g 100EXT g
46 46 12 12 89 89 41 41 152 136 -
58.5 15.5 98.5 48 103 205 270
67 80.5 94 102 124 17 21 23 23 26.5 98.5 125 140 140 165 51 62 77.5 83 95.5 107 116 129 135 150 302 511 890 1292 2238 366 589 1009 1410 2283
78
SIZE
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 100TH, 100LS Threaded DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield

Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 1/4" to 2" WRAS Approved
Component
Hex-Nut T-Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball O-Ring Bonnet Stem Lockshield Lockshield Cover
Material
Steel Plated Aluminium AL-46100 Green Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW617N Polypropylene Green
L2
Fig. 100TH
H SIZE
L1 L
L1
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS THREADED

Temperature C -10 to 100 Fig. 100LS Pressure bar 25 120 21.8
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 formerly BS21 Taper. US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983. Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed.

Nom Size L L1 L2 H H Weight Weight Fig in mm mm mm mm mm g g
1/2 3/4
1 80.5 21 55 54 58 470 506
11/4 94 23 82 61 67 809 867
11/2 102 23 82 67 73.5 1210 1269
2 124 26.5 110 80.5 86.5 2106 2166
100TH 100TH 100LS 100TH 100LS
59 15.5 50 40 42 183 207
67 17 50 43 45 277 302
79
BALL VALVES PN16
Fig. 100C, 100CEXT Compression Ended DZR - Lever Operated

Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 15 to 54mm WRAS Approved
Component
Hex-Nut Lever Handle Sleeve Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball Bonnet Compression Olive Compression Nut Stem Extension Stem Outer Extension Stem Inner
Material
Steel Plated Steel Dacromet Plated Green PVC Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Aluminium Brass Nickel Plated
L2
Fig. 100C
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION

Fig. 100CEXT
Temperature C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16
40
50
65 10
80 8.7
90 7.8
100 6.9
SIZE
110 6
120 5
14.3 12.6
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression Ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Operator: Lever. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed.

Nom Size L L2 H H Weight Weight Fig C C C CEXT C CEXT mm mm mm mm mm g g 15 66.5 98.5 47 103 212 275 22 80 98.5 51 107 368 429 28 92.5 125 62 116 608 682 35 104.5 140 77.5 129 1007 1125 42 122 140 83 135 1549 1667 54 141 165 97.5 150 2538 2683
80
BALL VALVES PN16
Fig. 100CTH, 100CLS Compression Ended DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield

Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate Improved leak protection More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 15 to 54mm WRAS Approved
Component
Hex-Nut T-Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball Bonnet Compression Olive Compression Nut Stem Lockshield Lockshield Cover
Material
Steel Plated Aluminium AL-46100 Green Brass CW617N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Brass CW617N Polypropylene Green
L2
Fig. 100CTH
SIZE

Fig. 100CLS Temperature C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 50 65 10 80 8.7 90 7.8 100 6.9 110 6 120 5
14.3 12.6
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket. Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed.

Nom Size L L2 H H Weight Weight Fig mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 15 66.5 50 40 42 187 220 22 80 50 43 45 343 376 28 92.5 55 54 59.5 567 614 35 104.5 82 61 67 977 1039 42 122 82 67 73.5 1487 1549 54 141 110 80.5 86.5 2634 2437
CTH CLS CTH CLS
81
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 100YL Gas Threaded DZR - Lever Operated

Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 1/4" to 2" Tested to BS EN 331:1998
Component
Hex-Nut Handle Sleeve Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Ball Seats O-Ring Bonnet Stem
Material
Dacromet Plated Steel PVC Yellow Dacromet Plated Steel Brass CW617N PTFE DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N PTFE NBR BS EN549 approval DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N
L2
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 formerly BS21 Taper. US End Connection ANSI B1.20.1:1983. Operator: Lever. Specification: Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998.
SIZE
L1 L L1
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION NON-GAS APPLICATION

Temperature C -10 to 100 Pressure bar 25 110 23.5
GAS APPLICATION
Temperature C Pressure bar -20 to 60 5

Nom Size L L1 L2 H Weight in mm in in mm kg
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
1 80.5 21 125 63 511
11/4 94 23 140 78 890
11/2 102 23 140 83.5 1292
2 124 26.5 165 97.5 2238
46 12 89 41 152
46 12 89 41 136
59 15.5 98.5 48 205
67 17 98.5 51 302
82
BALL VALVES PN16
Fig. 100CYL Gas Compression DZR - Lever Operated

Dezincification resistant Light, compact and easy to install and operate More resistant to damage during installation Sizes from 15 to 54mm Tested to BS EN 331:1998
Component
Handle Sleeve Hex-Nut Handle Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Seats Ball O-Ring Bonnet Sleeve Sleeve Nut Stem
Material
PVC Yellow Dacromet Plated Steel Dacromet Plated Steel Brass CW617N PTFE DZR Brass CW602N PTFE CW602N NBR BS EN549 approval DZR Bras CW602N CW507L CW602N DZR Brass CW602N
L2
H _
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Operator: Lever. Specification: Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998.
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION NON-GAS APPLICATION

Temperature C Pressure bar -10 to 30 16 110 5
GAS APPLICATION
Temperature C Pressure bar -10 to 60 5

Nom Size L L2 H Weight mm mm mm mm g 15 66.5 98.5 47 212 22 80 98.5 51 368 28 92.5 125 63 608 35 104.5 140 78 1007 42 122 140 83.5 1545 54 141 165 97.5 2538
SIZE
83
BALL VALVES PN16
Fig. 108C Service Ball Valve

Light, compact and easy to install and operate WRAS Approved for use on wholesome (potable) water Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube Part of Hattersleys extensive public health range Chrome plated finish Handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation
Component
Screw Handle Stem O-Ring Nut Olive Body PTFE Seat Ball Seat Retainer
Material
Steel Dacromet Plated Nylon (Ral 9017) DZR Brass Chromium Plated EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
65 10
110 6
120 5
L2

PN16
OPERATOR
H
Handle (The handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation).
BORE
SPECIFICATION
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube. WRAS Approved product.
L1 L
SIZE
L1
18 16

Nom Size Bore L L1 L2 H Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm g DN15 8 42 11 23 29 123 DN22 14 53 13 23 34 260
84
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 110 DZR - 3-way (T-Port) Vent Valve

Dezincification resistant copper alloy 3-way (T-port) vent valve PTFE seats and seals. Blow-out proof stem Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) Wrench operated. Ports permanently marked Sizes 1" to 2"
Component
Lever Stem Stem Seal Body Seal Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Body Ends Body
Material
Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy PTFE EPDM DZR Copper Alloy PTFE DZR Copper Alloy DZR Copper Alloy
Specification BS EN
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N 12165 CW602N 12165 CW602N
C

As shown in pressure/ temperature graph.
SPECIFICATION
90 operation. Hard chrome plated DZR ball. Valve ports permanently marked. Fixed lever. Internally threaded ends to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Blow-out proof stem. PTFE seats and stem seals.

25 bar pneumatic
B
Position 1
FLOW FLOW DRAIN
E A
28 24
1i
Position 1
20 Pressure bar 16 12 8
Position 2

Nom Size A B C E (=A/2) Weight (approx) in mm mm mm mm kg 1 113 82 120 57 1.7 11/4 130 99 150 65 2.5 11/2 147 103 150 74 3.6 2 169 116 175 85 5.7
1 1/
& 11 /2 in
Position 1
4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
85
BALL VALVES PN40
Fig. 113 Full Bore Bronze

Light, compact and easy to install and operate Robust construction for long life
Component
Lever Stem Stem Seals Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Seat Retainer Body
Material
Steel Copper Alloy PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Copper Alloy PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Bronze Bronze
Specification ASTM
B16-C36000
B16-C36000
BS84-C84400 BS84-C84400
C

1/2"
SPECIFICATION
Blow-out proof stem. Full bore hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats and stem seals. Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
to 2" sizes 40 bar from -10 to 100C 18 bar at 140C 25 bar from -10 to 100C
21/2" and 3" sizes 18 bar at 140C
44
40 36 32 Pressure bar 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0
1/2" to
2"

Nom Size A B C Weight in mm mm mm kg
1/2 3/4
1 73 62 106 0.70
11/4 83 70 106 1.15
11/2 92 75 150 1.70
2 107 82 160 2.95
21/2 144 82 162 -
21/2" & 3"
55 46 82 0.25
62 55 103 0.45
40 80 120 Temperature C
160
86
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 100MHU Male Hose Union

Worldwide availability High quality range Long and trouble-free service life Full bore
Component
Shield Cover Hex-Nut Lockshield Packing Nut Packing Gland Body Ball PTFE O-Ring Bonnet Washer Tailpiece Union Ring Stem
Material
Green PP (RAL6002) Q235 Dacromet Plated CW617N CW617N PTFE(701-N) WRAS approval CW602N CW602N PTFE(701-N) WRAS approval EPDM WRAS approval CW602N PTFE(701-N) WRAS approval CW602N CW602N CW602N

-10C to 100C

25 bar
SPECIFICATION
Quarter turn. PTFE seats and stem seal. WRAS listed.
SIZE DN
L1

Nom Size DN L L1 L2 H in mm mm mm mm mm G 1/2 15 84 14 58 41.8 G 3/4 20 98 15.5 66 45.3 G1 25 109 18 77 57.7
L2 L2
87
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 107MHU Brass with Male Union

Dezincification resistant copper alloy ball valve PTFE seats and seals Blow-out proof stem Fitted with hose union and captive cap Lockshield operation Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) Sizes 1/2" - 1"
Component
T-Handle Stem Stem Seals Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Tail Tail O-Ring Union Nut Body End Body
Material BS EN
Aluminium Brass PTFE Brass Virgin PTFE Brass Nitrile Brass Brass Brass
Specification ASTM
B124 Alloy 2 B124 Alloy 2
12164 CW617N 12164 CW617N
12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N 12165 CW617N
B124 Alloy 2 B124 Alloy 2 B124 Alloy 2 B124 Alloy 2
D

SPECIFICATION
Nickel plated body. Blow-out proof stem. Full bore hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats and stem seal T-Handle. Union nut with male tail threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Internal threaded end to BS EN 2779 (ISO 228/1).

25 bar pneumatic
36 32 28

Nom Size A B C D Weight
Pressure bar
24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
in mm mm mm mm kg
1/2
3/4
25 59 33 47 0.28
29 68 43 56 0.48
88
BALL VALVES PN25
Fig. 1807 DZR Strainer Ball Valve

Component
Handle Stem Stem Seal Gland Seals Ball Seat Rings Body Screen Cap Gasket Cap
Material BS EN
Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Hard chrome plated Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Stainless Steel Asbestos Free DZR Copper Alloy
Specification ASTM
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N AISI 304 12165 CW602N
E

PN25 - 1/2 to 11/2" sizes 25 bar 0 to 20C 7 bar at 120C PN20 - 2" size 20 bar 0 to 20C 6 bar at 120C
C
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Lever. Extension stem. Figure 103 hose outlet blowdown valve.
TEST PRESSURES
25 bar pneumatic
B A
SPECIFICATION
DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
28 24
1 /2
20 Pressure bar 16 12 8 4 0 0
"t o1

Nom Size A B C D E Drain plug Weight in mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg
1/2 3/4
1 /2
2"
"S
s ize
Si
1 151 42 59 50 56
1/4
ze
110 31 48 38 47
1/4
129 35 60 46 56
1/4
0.54
0.80
1.23
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
89
BALL VALVES PN16
Fig. 1807C DZR Strainer Ball Valve

Component
Cap Gasket Screen Compression Ring Cap Compression Nut Handle Stem Stem Seals Gland Seals Ball (hard chrome plated) Seat Rings Body
Material BS EN
Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Brass DZR Copper Alloy Brass Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy
Specification ASTM
10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 B16 C36000 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N B16-C36000 / B124-C37700 12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N
E

PN16 5 bar at 120C 6 bar at 110C 10 bar at 65C 16 bar at -10 to 30C
C
SPECIFICATION
DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2. Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
18 16
TEST PRESSURES
25 bar pneumatic
B A

Nom Size A B C D E Drain plug Weight
Pressure bar
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
mm mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg
15 137 45 48 38 47
1/4
22 159 50 60 46 56
1/4
28 175 53 59 50 56
1/4
0.6
0.9
1.3
90
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Butterfly Valves
Hattersley butterfly valves are compact quarter turn valves. The body is elastomer lined providing a resilient bubble tight shut off. The valves are supplied in wafer or lugged variants and may be lever or gearbox operated. Linings are EPDM or Nitrile rubber depending on the intended service conditions. Primarily recommended for on off service, they may also be used for non-critical throttling applications. Only a quarter turn is needed to fully open or close the valve. Hattersley also offer a range of high performance butterfly valves, developed for high integrity shut-off and regulation duties. This range is ideal where increased pressure and elevated temperature specifications are outside the normal operating parameters of concentric disc valves. The Hattersley high performance valves have enhanced features to provide impeccable performance and reliability.
Valve Figure Number Guide

Fig. No. CI 950 951 970 971 4941 4950 4951 4970 4971 Body DI E Liner N Disc/Pins A SS Shaft SS
91
BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16
Fig. 950 Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern

950, 950G
Rubber liner bonded to backing ring Two high strength, low friction bearings for upper and lower shafts, restrain shaft deflection, ensuring effective stem sealing Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics
Component
Body Shaft Disc Bushes O-Ring Liner
Material BS EN
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Al Bronze PTFE Buna N EPDM
Specification ASTM
1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 10088-1 X12Cr13 A276 410 1982 CC333G B148 C95300

16 bar from -10 to 120C 15.7 bar at 130C
SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Centring holes. Aluminium bronze disc. EPDM liner. Trigger lever. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES
Hydrostatic Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
F
H

Nom Size mm 50 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 3 8 65 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 4 9 80 100 125 150 57 150 257 255 260 267 300 230 60 9 14 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 63 197 305 260 356 300 300 230 80 15 19 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 80 32 79 248 337 377 300 230 80 80 47 79 280 369 442 38 300 230 80 60 89 305 400 492 54 450 230 120 100 108 381 422 553 105 450 340 185 145 133 381 480 480 105 450 230 120 190 156 458 562 562 110 450 360 185 290
Pressure bar
18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg
48 54 57 102 124 136 213 232 245 181 200 213 260 260 260 223 242 255 150 150 300 240 240 240 60 60 60 5 7 8 10 11 13
92
Fig. C950 Wafer Type Butterfly Valve

Rubber liner bonded to backing ring Two high strength, low friction bearings for upper and lower shafts, restrain shaft deflection, ensuring effective stem sealing Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics
Component
Body Operating Shaft Disc Taper Pins Bushes O-Ring Liner
Material BS EN
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Al Bronze Stainless Steel PTFE Buna N EPDM
Specification ASTM
A536 65-45-12 A276 410 Shaft B148 C95300 A276 316
1563 EN-JS1030 10088-1 X12Cr13 1982 CC333G 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2

SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Centring holes. Aluminium bronze disc. EPDM liner. Trigger lever. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves may be used for flow regulation.

Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
E G C D F H J

Nom Size mm 50 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 3 50 SEP 65 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 4 65 SEP 80 48 102 213 181 260 223 150 240 60 5 80 SEP 100 54 124 232 200 260 242 150 240 60 7 100 SEP 125 57 136 245 213 260 255 300 240 60 8 125 SEP
150 57 150 257 225 260 267 300 230 60 9 150 SEP
200 63 197 305 260 356 300 300 230 80 15 200
250 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 31 250
300 79 248
Pressure bar
18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm Weight kg PED Categorisation Valve size Group 2 Liquids Cat.
337 377 300 230 80 40 300 SEP
SEP SEP
93
Fig. 970 Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern

970, 970G
Available up to DN600 Valve body fully-lugged Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics
Component
Body Shaft Disc Bushes (up to 100mm) 125mm and above O-Ring Liner
Material BS EN
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Bronze PTFE Bronze (lubricated) Buna N EPDM
Specification ASTM
1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A532 Gr316 1982 CC333G B148-C95300

PN16 from -10 up to 130C
SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Fully-lugged. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES
Hydrostatic Body: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
J G K A
18 16 14

Nom Size mm 50 43 165 264 250 182 123 125 10 4.6 5.4 65 46 185 272 250 190 123 125 10 5.4 6.2 80 46 200 279 250 197 123 125 10 7.2 8.0 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 52 220 301 250 219 123 125 12 8.8 9.6 56 250 314 250 232 123 125 12 12 12 56 285 345 315 254 123 125 16 14 15 60 340 369 315 278 123 125 16 20 21 68 405 281 228 300 24 33 78 460 306 228 300 24 45 78 520 354 228 300 24 55 102 580 408 305 400 30 91 114 640 433 305 400 30 111 127 715 458 305 400 30 136 154 840 557 305 400 30 225
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
A mm D mm F mm G mm H mm J mm K mm Shaft size A/F mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg
94
Fig. 950W Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern

950W, 950WG
Rubber liner bonded to steel backing ring Two high strength, low friction bearings for upper and lower shafts, restrain shaft deflection, ensuring effective stem sealing Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics
Component
Material BS EN
Specification ASTM

SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Semi-lugged. Aluminium bronze or stainless steel disc. WRAS approved. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
F H A
E
18 16

mm 50 42 80 183 270 279 154 152 4 8 65 45 89 197 270 302 154 152 5 9 80 45 95 203 270 314 154 152 5 10 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 52 114 222 270 352 154 152 6 11 54 127 235 270 378 154 152 9 13 56 139 248 270 403 154 152 10 14 61 175 282 270 478 238 300 15 19 66 203 537 238 300 32 77 242 622 222 300 47 77 267 678 222 300 59 87 301 764 300 300 93 106 327 812 300 300 117 132 152 361 459 918 1098 350 350 300 300 Pressure bar
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
Nom Size
A mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm K mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg
95
Fig. 970W Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern

Available up to DN600 Valve body fully lugged Suitable for end of line duty up to 10 bar Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics
Component
Material BS EN
Specification ASTM

SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Fully-lugged. Aluminium bronze disc. WRAS approved. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
J G K F H A
18
D
16

Pressure bar
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
Nom Size
mm
50 42 80 183 270 279 154 152 4 8
65 45 89 197 270 302 154 152 5 9
80 45 95 203 270 314 154 152 5 10
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 52 114 222 270 352 154 152 6 11 54 127 235 270 378 154 152 9 13 56 139 248 270 403 154 152 10 14 61 175 282 270 478 238 300 15 19 66 203 537 238 300 32 77 242 622 222 300 47 77 267 678 222 300 59 87 301 764 300 300 93 106 327 812 300 300 117 132 152 361 459 918 1098 350 350 300 300 -
A mm E mm F mm G mm H mm J mm K mm Weight lever kg Weight geared kg
96
Fig. 951 and 951G Semi-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern to BS EN 593:2009
Aluminium Bronze disc Stainless Steel shaft 951 - Trigger lever, 951G - Gearbox operated Sizes 350 to 600mm PN16 only Valves are suitable for use with flanges conforming to BS EN 1092-2 PN10 or PN16 and ANSI B16.1 Class 125 (sizes 2" to 12")
Component
Body Disc Liner Shaft Taper Pin Key O-Ring Bushing Lever & Screw Stop Plate
Material
Ductile Iron ASTM A536 (Epoxy Paint) Aluminium Bronze Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90C Stainless Steel Type 410 Stainless Steel Type 316 Carbon Steel Buna-N PTFE Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint) Carbon Steel (Zn Plated)
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Semi-lugged.

TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 at the following test pressures: Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with a fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. Suitable for gas applications. Figures 951 and 951G are suitable for Group 1 and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

Fig 951
Nom Size A B C D E F G Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 65 80 100 125 150 245 136 57 32 197 260 111 9 257 150 57 32 219 260 145 9.9 200 305 197 63 44 268 356 193 16.4
D F
195 207 213 232 83 95 102 124 44 48 48 54 32 32 32 32 102 121 130 171 260 260 260 260 32 46 64 90 3.5 4 5.4 6.7
K D F
Fig 951G
Nom Size A B C D E F G K Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 162 83 44 42 102 150 32 240 15 65 175 95 48 42 121 150 46 240 15.5
C G
80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 181 102 48 42 130 150 64 240 16.9 200 124 54 42 171 150 90 240 18.2 213 136 57 42 197 300 111 240 20.5 225 150 57 42 219 300 145 240 21.4 260 197 63 40 268 300 193 230 29 292 210 70 40 332 300 241 230 33.5 337 248 79 40 410 300 290 230 45.8 368 279 79 40 435 300 325 230 56.2 400 305 89 508 450 380 277 88.4 422 381 108 543 450 427 277 110.2 479 381 133 592 450 474 321 160.5 562 457 156 708 450 574 335 260
A
C G
97
Fig. 971 and 971G Fully-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern to BS EN 593: 2009
Aluminium Bronze disc Stainless Steel shaft 971 - Trigger lever, 971G - Gearbox operated Valves are suitable for use with flanges conforming to BS EN 1092-2 PN10 or PN16 - Sizes 65-150mm Sizes 200-600mm PN16 only
Component
Body Disc Liner Shaft Taper Pin Key O-Ring Bushing Lever & Screw Stop Plate
Material
Ductile Iron ASTM A536 (Epoxy Paint) Aluminium Bronze Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90C Stainless Steel Type 410 Stainless Steel Type 316 Carbon Steel Buna-N PTFE Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint) Carbon Steel (Zn Plated)

SPECIFICATION
Fully-lugged. Lever or gearbox. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with a fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation. Suitable for gas applications. Fig. 971 and 971G are suitable for Group 1 and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 at the following test pressures: Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar

Fig. 971
Nom Size A B C D E F G Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 65 80 213 102 48 32 130 260 64 7.2 100 125 150 200 232 124 54 32 171 260 90 12.6 245 136 57 32 197 260 111 13.5 257 150 57 32 219 260 145 14.9 305 197 63 44 268 356 193 24.1
D F
195 207 83 95 44 48 32 32 102 121 260 260 32 46 4 4.5
B C G
K E
Fig. 971G
Nom Size A B C D E F G K Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 162 83 44 42 102 150 32 240 15.5 65 175 95 48 42 121 150 46 240 16 80 181 102 48 42 130 150 64 240 18.7 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 200 124 54 42 171 150 90 240 24.1 213 136 57 42 197 300 111 240 25 225 150 57 42 219 300 145 240 26.4 260 197 63 40 268 300 193 230 36.7 292 210 70 40 332 300 241 230 47.1 337 248 79 40 410 300 290 230 62.1 368 279 79 40 435 300 325 230 84.9 400 305 89 508 450 380 277 123.8 422 381 108 543 450 427 277 139.7 479 381 133 592 450 474 321 215.5 600 562 457 156 708 450 574 335 337.3
A
D F
B C G
98
Fig. 980ANSI Ductile Iron Fully Lugged Butterfly Valve Class 150
Component
Body Operating Shaft Disc Taper pins Bushes O-Ring Liner
Material BS EN
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Al Bronze Stainless Steel EDPM Buna N EPDM
Specification ASTM
A536 65-45-12 A276 410 B150 C63000
1563 EN-JS1030 10088-1 X12Cr13 12165 CW307G
10088-1 A276 316 X5CrNiMo17-12-2
E

19.65 bar from -10 to 37.8C 16.93 bar at 120C
SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Fully lugged. Aluminium bronze disk. EPDM liner phenolic backed. Trigger Lever. Valves DN200 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Suitable for fitting between flanges to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and 150. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
D C

B A
OPEN CLOSED

Nom Size A B C D E F G H J Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 10 65 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 11 80 48 102 213 181 260 223 150 240 60 12 100 125 150 200 250 300 54 124 232 200 260 242 150 240 60 13 57 136 245 213 260 255 300 240 60 16 57 150 257 225 260 267 300 230 60 19 63 197 260 300 300 230 80 30 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 40 79 248 337 377 300 230 80 53
Pressure bar
50:1
22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
99
Fig. 4970/4970G Ductile Iron Fully-lugged

Available up to DN600 Valve body fully-lugged Long neck for insulation Maintenance free Good control characteristics
Component
Body Operating Shaft Disc Taper Pins Bushes O-Ring Liner
Material
Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE Buna N EPDM
1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 10088-1 X12Cr13 A276 410 110213-4 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 A351 CF8M 10088-1X5CrNiMo17-12-2 A276 316

SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009. Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. Fully-lugged. Stainless steel disc. EPDM liner. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves may be used for flow regulation. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves DN450 and larger supplied with spur gear unit as part of gear operator.
TEST PRESSURES

Nom Size A B C D E F G H J Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 44 83 195 162 260 204 150 240 60 3 65 48 95 207 175 260 217 150 240 60 4 80 48 102 213 181 260 223 150 240 60 6 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 54 124 232 200 260 242 150 240 60 12 57 136 245 213 260 255 300 240 60 13 57 150 257 225 260 267 300 230 60 14 63 197 305 260 356 300 300 230 80 22 70 210 292 332 300 230 80 43 79 248 337 377 300 230 80 57 79 280 369 520 38 300 230 80 65 89 305 400 580 54 450 230 120 104 108 381 422 640 105 450 340 185 150 133 381 480 715 105 450 340 185 198 156 458 562 840 110 450 360 185 300
100
BUTTERFLY VALVES PN16 DN50-150
Fig. 4990 Steel Fully-lugged

Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Stainless steel stem and double offset disc Reinforced PTFE seat End of line servicing up to full rating High Kv values
Component
Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Lever
Material
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE
10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431 AISI 431 AISI 431
L C
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.

16 bar from -10 to 163C 3.4 bar at 204C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied lever operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, alternative flanges available. Wafer pattern available figure 4985 PN16.
A


Nom Size A B H C L Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 43 123 215 27 265 65 46 131 215 27 265 80 46 150 225 27 265 100 52 175 244 35 265 125 56 187 260 35 265 150 56 218 270 42 265 -
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
101
Fig. 4990G Steel Fully-lugged

Component
Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Gearbox Handwheel
Material
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Cast Iron Steel
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
C

16bar from -10 to 163C 3.4bar at 204C
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, alternative flanges available. Wafer pattern available figure 4985G PN16.
18

B A E
16 14

Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
50 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 -
65 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 -
80 46 150 225 27 200 39 159 -
100 52 175 244 27 200 39 159 -
125 56 187 260 27 200 39 159 -
150 56 218 270 27 200 39 159 -
102

Component
Material
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Bronze-PTFE Cast Iron Steel
10213-2 GP240GH 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 A216 WCB AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
C

SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, alternative flanges available. Wafer pattern available figure 4985G PN16.

B A E

Nom Size A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 200 60 294 320 35 300 52 197 250 68 333 366 42 300 67 223 300 78 382 390 42 300 67 223 350 78 398 425 50 457 90 279 400 102 448 440 50 457 90 279 450 500 127 555 510 50 457 123 331 -
103

Component
Material
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.

D

Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available.
E
28 24
B A

Pressure bar
20
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
50 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10
65 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12
80 65 150 220 27 200 39 159 17
100 65 175 281 35 250 52 184 24
125 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 32
150 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47
16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
104

Component
Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Bearings Gearbox Handwheel
Material
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
C

SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN25, alternative flanges available.
28

B A E
24 20 Pressure bar 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

105

Component
Body Body Seat Disc Disc Seal Ring Retaining Ring Stem Disc Pin Bottom Cap Gland Packing Gearbox Handwheel
Material
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE or PTFE/ Neoprene Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel PTFE Graphite Cast Iron Steel
10213-2 GP240GH 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 A216 WCB AISI 431
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
C

SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available.
45

B A E
40 35 Pressure bar 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

Nom Size A B H C D dia E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 43 123 215 27 125 39 152 10 65 46 131 215 27 200 39 159 12 80 64 150 220 27 200 39 159 17 100 64 175 281 35 250 52 184 24 125 70 187 294 35 300 52 197 32 150 76 218 317 42 300 67 223 47
106

Component
Material
10213-2 GP240GH 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 10088-33 X8CrNiS 18-9 A216 WCB AISI 420
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
C

40 bar from -10 to 90C D 20.7 bar at 149C 3.4 bar at 204C
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 16. Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Stainless steel body seat. Double eccentric disc. Bi-directional isolation. Valves are supplied gear operated Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN40, alternative flanges available.

B A

107
The Cube, Birmingham Specification: Hattersley Hook-Ups 108 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES
Check Valves
Check valves permit flow in one direction only, and close automatically if flow reverses. They are entirely automatic in action, depending upon pressure and velocity of flow within the line to perform their functions of opening and closing. Most Hattersley swing check valves can be installed in horizontal or vertical upward flow piping. Lift check valves must be used in horizontal lines only. Hattersley offers four basic types of bronze check valves, namely: Horizontal lift check Vertical lift check Swing check Double check Swing check valves, having 6 diameters of straight lengths of pipe upstream and 3 diameters downstream, are suitable for velocities up to 3 metres/second. If the valve is situated such that turbulent flow enters the valve, the velocity should not exceed 2 metres/second. Horizontal lift check valves are primarily used for air, gas and steam services whilst swing check valves are most suitable for water and other liquids. For air, gas and low pressure applications, especially where bubble tight closure is required, a valve with rubber faced disc is necessary. Compressed air service requires a horizontal lift check valve with a nitrile rubber facing on the disc and fitted with a recoil spring. The valve should always be installed as far away from the compressor as possible. When selecting valves, reference to codes of practice and other mandatory specifications should be made which may preclude certain types for specific applications. Double check valves are designed to prevent contamination of water caused by back syphonage, back flow and cross connection in supplies such as those to hose taps, cisterns, stand pipes, showers and basins. Valves, where designated, are WRAS Approved Products and listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory.
109
CHECK VALVES PN32
Fig. 42 Bronze - Horizontal Lift

Robust and high quality bronze body Horizontal lift pattern Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21)
Component
Body Cap Disc (1/4" - 1")
Material BS EN
Bronze Bronze Bronze
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K

BS 5154 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198C 32 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. Horizontal lift pattern. Metal to metal seat. Guilded disc. Threaded cap. Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21). Available taper threaded NPT to ASTM B1.20.1 (42AT).
36 32
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic) Seat: 35.2 bar (hydraulic)
28 Pressure bar 24 20 16
am
t Sa

1/2 3/4
1 86 51 1.6
11/4 99 58 1.7
11/2 109 64 2.5
2 130 70 3.5
12
ur ate d
60 39 0.5
74 43 0.7
8 4 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
110
Ste
CHECK VALVES PN25
Fig. 47 Bronze - Swing Pattern

Horizontal swing pattern Robust and high quality bronze body Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21)
Component
Cap Hinge Pin Hinge Disc Nut Body Hinge Disc Disc (11/4" - 3")
Material BS EN
Bronze Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Brass Bronze Bronze Brass Bronze
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600 A276-316L
1982 CC491K 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 970 GR316S11 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K
B455 C38500 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B455 C38500 B62 C83600

BS 5154 25 bar -10 to 100C 10.5 bar at 186C
B
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. Horizontal swing pattern. Threaded cover. Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21).
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic) Seat: 27.5 bar (hydraulic)
28
24 20

1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
Pressure bar
16 12 8 4 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 Temperature C
11/4 11/2
21/2
48 48 58 66 80 89 95 108 155 190 33 33 38 42 49 56 65 76 98 99 0.20 0.19 0.32 0.43 0.61 1.01 1.34 2.12 4.08 5.76
111
CHECK VALVES PN32 SERIES A
Fig. 48 Bronze - Oblique Swing Pattern

Oblique swing pattern Robust and high quality bronze body Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing
Component
Cap Hinge Pin Hinge Hinge Pin Plug Disc Disc Nut Body
Material
Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Bronze
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW617N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B16-C36000 B62 C83600 B124 Alloy 2 B62 C83600 B16-C36000 B62 C83600

BS5154 PN32 Series A 14 bar at 260C 32 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Oblique swing pattern. Threaded cover. Metal to metal seat. Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipe (with vertical flow upwards).


1/2 3/4
1 86.4 58 0.62
11/4 96 68 1.0
11/2 116 75 1.4
2 136 94 2.1
60 45 0.28
70 50 0.42
112
CHECK VALVES PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 49 Bronze - Vertical Lift Pattern

Robust and high quality bronze body Suitable for mounting horizontally or vertically Resilient seat
Component
Body Disc Spring End Cap Seat
Material
Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze EPDM
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 10270 X10CrNr18-8 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B62 C83600 A276-304 B62 C83600

BS 5154 PN32 Series B 32 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Bronze body. Stainless steel spring. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1. Suitable for mounting horizontally or vertically (flow upwards). Resilient seat.
TEST PRESSURES (PNEUMATIC)

A
36 32
B
Pressure bar
28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C

1/2 3/4
1 67 50 0.44
11/4 79 60 0.63
11/2 84 66 0.93
2 96 80 1.4
53 33 0.18
59 40 0.27
113
CHECK VALVES PN16
Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Single & Double Check

(Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves

WRAS approved for use with potable water Compression ends for use with half hard R250 copper pipe Single, double and chromium plated options available
Component
Body
Material
DZR Brass
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N

SPECIFICATION
Fig. No. 249 Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm Fig. No. 249C Double Check chromium plated - 15mm Manufactured to BS 6282. WRAS approved PN16 85C. Application: Water. End Connection: Compression. Back Flow Prevention Device category: Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999. Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999.

B A D
Fig. 249 & 249C

Nom Size A B C D E Weight (approx) mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 Fig. 249 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116 22 Fig. 249 74.6 10.5 22.2 91.4 27.5 0.212 28 Fig. 249 88.6 12.5 28.25 106.3 30.5 0.360 15 Fig. 249C 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116
114
CHECK VALVES PN16
Fig. 761 and 2761 Aquacheck Non Return Valve

Spring loaded axially guided disc Positive non-slam shut-off Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Resilient seat located in body
Component
Body Plunger DN50-150 Plunger DN200-400 Seat Retaining Ring Seat Guide Spring
Material
Ductile Iron Bronze Cast Iron Steel Xylan Coated Nitrile Bronze Stainless Steel
1563 EN-JS1030 1561 EN-JLI030 A536-65-45-12 A126 CI B
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A276-304
Single Check Valve Fig. 761 Double Check Valve configuration Fig. 2761
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE Spring Loaded axially guided disc. Resilient Seat located in body. RATING

D B
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Alternative pressure ratings to PN25. Alternative flange details including BS EN 1092-2 PN25 and PN40 and ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
NOTES
Sizes: 50mm to 250mm WRAS Approved. 300mm is not WRAS Approved.
18 16
A
Pressure bar
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 Temperature C 100

Nom Size A B D Weight 761 Weight 2761 mm mm mm mm kg kg 50 65 80 130 260 200 9 20 100 125 155 310 220 13 27 200 403 250 21 44 150 230 460 285 28 58 200 280 560 340 47 97 250 300 344 688 405 83 168 385 770 460 123 249
120 119 240 241 165 185 5 7 11 15
Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide.
115
CHECK VALVES PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 1013 Bronze - Horizontal Lift Pattern

Robust and high quality bronze body Horizontal lift pattern Replaceable PFTE, glass filled disc Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21)
Component
Cap (11/4" to 2") Cap (1/2" to 1") Disc Holder Disc Body
Material
Bronze Brass Bronze PTFE Glass Filled Bronze
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 B16 C36000 B62 C83600
1982 CC491K
B62 C83600

SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. Horizontal lift pattern. Replaceable PTFE - glass filled disc. Guilded disc. Threaded cap. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
TEST PRESSURES
Body: 6 bar - pneumatic Seat: 35.2 bar - hydraulic
36 32 28

1/2 3/4
Pressure bar
24 20 16
am
t Sa
1 86 51 1.1
11/4 99 58 1.3
11/2 109 64 2.1
2 130 70 3.4
4 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
116
ur
ate d
60 39 0.4
74 43 0.6
12 8
Ste
CHECK VALVES PN25
Fig. 3047 Bronze - Swing Pattern

Horizontal swing pattern Robust and high quality bronze body Various disc materials available Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 (BS 21)
Component
Body Cap Disc Holder (1/2" to 1") Disc Holder (11/4" to 2") Disc Disc Nut Disc Retaining Washer Hinge Hinge Pin Hinge Nut Identification Plate Drive Screw
Material
Bronze Bronze Brass Bronze Nitrile Brass Brass Bronze Stainless Steel Brass Aluminium Steel Electro Brassed
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 2751 BA80 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 970 GR316S11 12164 CW614N
SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Horizontal swing pattern.

BS 5154:1991 PN25 25 bar from -10 to restricted 90C Threaded cover. Alternative disc materials available. Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipe (with vertical flow upwards).
TEST PRESSURES
Body: 6 bar - pneumatic Seat: 27.5 bar - hydraulic

1/2 3/4
1 80 49 0.63
11/4 89 56 1.01
11/2 95 65 1.34
2 108 76 2.12
58 38 0.33
66 42 0.43
117
CHECK VALVES PN25
Fig. M650 Ductile Iron - Swing Pattern

Suitable for velocities of up to 3 metres/second Ideal for water or other liquids Bolted cover Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines
Component
Cover Cover Gasket Hinge Pin Hinge Disc Disc Face Ring Body Ring Body
Material
Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Bronze Bronze Ductile Iron
Specification BS EN
1563 EN-JS 1050 970 420537 1563 EN-JS 1050 1563 EN-JS 1050 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1563 EN-JS 1050

BS EN 12334 PN25 25 bar from -10 to 120C 21.5 bar at 220C
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12334:2001 PN25. Horizontal swing pattern. Bolted cover. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25. Copper alloy trim. Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines (with vertical flow upwards).

PN25 Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar
28
A
24 20

Nom Size A B Weight mm mm mm kg 50 203 121 16 65 216 135 22 80 241 141 28 100 292 168 40 125 150 330 182 62 356 215 82 200 495 267 144 250 300 622 305 232 699 343 310
Pressure bar
16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

team
at ur ate
118
dS
CHECK VALVES PN16
Fig. M651 Cast Iron - Swing Pattern

Suitable for velocities of up to 3 metres/second Ideal for water or other liquids Bolted cover Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines
Component
Cover Cover Gasket
Material
Cast Iron Reinforced Compressed Graphite Brass Brass Ductile Iron Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron
1561 EN JLI040 A126 CI B
Hinge Pin Hinge Pin Plug Hinge Disc Disc Face Ring Body Seat Ring Body
12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N 1563 EN-JS1040 1561 EN JLI040 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN JLI040
B16-C36000 B16-C36000 A536 70-50-05 A126 CI B B62-C83600 B62-C83600 A126 CI B

BS EN 1092-2 PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120C 11.8 bar at 230C
B
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12334:2001. Face to Face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 10. Cast iron body. Bolted cover. Bronze trim. Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipes (with the flow upwards). Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Flanges drilled to BS 10 available.
18
TEST PRESSURES
Seat: 17.6 bar (hydraulic) Body: 24 bar (hydraulic)
16 14
PN16 ANSI 125

Nom Size A B Weight mm mm mm kg 50 203 113 13 65 216 133 18 80 241 143 21 100 125 292 163 35 330 197 48 150 356 212 68 200 495 257 113 250 300 622 298 218 699 330 282
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
119
CHECK VALVES PN16 ANSI 125
Fig. M653 Cast Iron with Lever and Weight

Lever and weight offers the ability to alter the flow resistance Bolted cover Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines Flanged to BS EN 1092-2
Component
Cover Cover Gasket Hinge Pin Plug Hinge Gland Packing Disc Disc Face Ring Body Ring Body Counter Weight Operating Shaft Operating Lever Spring
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Asbestos Free Stainless Steel Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B A276-304 1561 EN-JLI030 10270 X10CrNr18-8 1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 10270 X10CrNr18-8 10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B A126 CI B A276-316L A276-304 A276-304
SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 and bolted cover
BS EN 12334:2001 PN16 16 bar from -10 to 120C BS 5153 ANSI 11.8 bar at 230C Outside lever and adjustable weight. If valve fig number M653 is to be used in a vertical pipeline this must meet ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Copper alloy trim. Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines (with vertical flow upwards). BS EN 12334:2001 PN16. be stated on order so that the lever and weight assembly can be positioned accordingly.
9 bar at 218C 13.8 bar from -10 to 66C
TEST PRESSURES
PN16 Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
A C

PN16 ANSI 125
Class 125 Shell: 24.1 bar Seat: 13.8 bar

Nom Size A B C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 50 203 121 200 21 65 216 135 200 27 80 241 141 215 33 100 125 292 168 250 45 330 182 300 66 150 356 215 290 86 200 495 267 580 152 250 300 622 305 730 244 699 343 720 320
120
CHECK VALVES PN16
Fig. 850 Cast Iron - Wafer Pattern

Double door wafer pattern with spring assisted closure Elastomer seat vulcanised to the body casting to ensure extended seal life Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines Ideal for fitting between flanges to BS EN 1092-2
Component
Body Seat Disc Shaft Spring Washer Seal Setscrew Stop Pin Bushing
Material
Cast Iron EPDM Gunmetal Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel EPDM Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Teflon
Specification BS EN
BS1452 GR220 BS1400 LG2 BS970 BS970 304 S12 BS970 BS970 304 S12
BS970 304 S12

16 bar up to 120C
/C
SPECIFICATION
Face-to-face in accordance with BS 5155 (long pattern) ISO 5752 (long pattern). Suitable for fitting between flanges to BS 4504 PN10/16. ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and BS 10 Table D/E. Sizes 250mm and above are fitted with an eyebolt.

/D

Nom Size A B C D E Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 65 118 45 59 84 13.7 3 80 100 125 150 188 70 110 135 33.7 6 212 76 136 160 43.2 9 200 268 89 185 210 61.2 13 250 325 114 225 256 71.7 23 300 350 400
/A
450 528 150 430 460 155 86
500 580 152 475 510 175 104
600 690 178 575 610 195 181
140 158 64 64 69 90 100 115 15.7 25.2 4 5
375 430 475 114 127 140 278 331 381 306 356 406 96.7 121.7 146.7 31 48 62
121
CHECK VALVES PN25
Fig. 850 Cast Iron - Wafer Pattern

Double door wafer pattern with spring assisted closure Elastomer seat vulcanised to the body casting to ensure extended seal life Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical pipelines Ideal for fitting between flanges to BS EN 1092-2
Component
Body Plate Spring Hinge Pin Stop Pin Retainer Body Bearing Plate Bearing Eye Bolt Seat
Specification BS EN
A536 65-45-12 B584 C83600 SUS 316 SUS 304 SUS 304 A105 SUS 304 SUS 304 A105 EPDM

25 bar up to 120C
C
SPECIFICATION
Face-to-face in accordance with BS 5155 (long pattern) ISO 5752 (long pattern). Suitable for fitting between flanges to BS 4504 PN10/16. ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and BS 10 Table D/E. Sizes 150mm and above are fitted with an eyebolt.

Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar
/B /A

Nom Size A B C Weight DN mm mm mm kg 40 86 60 43 1.8 50 105 60 54 2.5 65 124 73 54 3.5 80 137 89 57 4.5 100 125 168 114 64 8 194 141 70 10 150 222 168 76 13 200 276 219 95 28 250 340 273 108 45 300 400 324 143 68 350 457 356 184 95 400 507 406 191 132 450 565 457 203 147 500 600 625 508 213 202 731 610 222 265
122
GATE VALVES
Gate Valves
Hattersley gate valves offer the ultimate in dependable service wherever minimum pressure drop is important. They serve as efficient stop valves with fluid flow in either direction. The straight through design offers little resistance to flow and reduces pressure drop to a minimum. A gate-like disc - actuated by a
Fig. No. 35 PN16 30C 30CLS 30* 30LS* 33X* 33XLS* 33* 669 28 609 PN Rating 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 32 32 32 Series B B B B B B B B B A End Connections Flanged Compression Compression Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded
stem screw and handwheel - moves up and down at right angles to the path of flow, and seats against two seat faces to shut off the flow. Gate valves are not recommended for throttling since the control characteristic is not appropriate and subsequent damage, due to erosion, may prevent the valve providing an effective shut off.
Size Range 15 - 100mm 15 - 54mm 15 - 54mm
1/4 - 3" 1/4 - 3" 1/4 - 4" 1/4 - 4" 1/4 - 3" 1/4 - 2" 1/2 - 3" 1/4 - 3"
Bonnet Pattern Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Union Threaded Threaded
Wedge Material Bronze Bronze Bronze DZR Alloy DZR Alloy Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze
WRAS Approved Product
* Kitemarked to the relevant British Standard Fig. No. M549 PN6 M549E M552 PN6 M552E 1552 PN6 M511 PN10 M541 PN16 1541 PN16 M544 PN16 M540 PN25 501 ANSI 504 ANSI PN Rating 6 6 6 10 16 16 16 25 Class Rating 100 100 125 125 End Connections Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Size Range 50 - 300mm 2 - 12" 50 - 300mm 2 - 12" 50 - 300mm 50 - 150mm 50 - 400mm 50 - 400mm 50 - 300mm 50 - 150mm 2 - 12" 2 - 12" Pattern Inside Screw Inside Screw Outside Screw Inside Screw Outside Screw Inside Screw Inside Screw Inside Screw Outside Screw Outside Screw Inside Screw Outside Screw
Alternative Trim Materials Prefix 1: All Iron Prefix 4: Stainless Steel
Prefix 5: Aluminium Bronze
123
GATE VALVES PN20 SERIES B
Fig. 33X - 33XLS Bronze

Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 WRAS approved for use with potable water Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Component
Body Bonnet Stem (1/4" to 2") Stem (21/2" & 3") Stem (4") Disc Stuffing Box (1/4" to 2") Stuffing Box (21/2" & 3") Stuffing Box 4" Packing Ring Gland (1/2" to 3") Gland (4") Lockshield Cap Packing Nut (1/2" to 3") Packing Nut (4") Handwheel Identification Plate Gasket Handwheel Nut
Material BS EN
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Brass Al Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Brass Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Bronze Brass Brass Bronze Aluminium Aluminium Fibre Brass
Specification ASTM
B505 C83600 B62 C83600
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 12163 CW301G 1982 CC491K 12164 CW602N 12165 CW617N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K
B150 C64200 B505 C83600 B124 C37700 B505 C83600
B62 C83600
B62-C83600
12164 CW614N
C

BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B 9 bar at 180C 20 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. WRAS Approved Product. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (33XAT) 1/2 to 4". Available with lockshield (33XLS) up to 2".

Air Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar
33X
33XLS

Nom Size in
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
11/4 11/2
21/2 96 219 140 4.30
3 105 259 150 6.4
4 162 366 232 18.37
A mm 46 46 B mm 75 75 C mm 57 57 D mm 87 87 Weight kg 0.27 0.26
51 55 63 71 73 83 82 95 118 144 166 190 5 69 69 76 81 94 86 112 124 149 175 196 0.35 0.55 0.84 1.18 1.66 2.55
124
Fig. 30 - 30LS DZR

Dezincification Resistant Brass prevents corrosion and fungal growth Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 WRAS approved for use with potable water Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Component
Handwheel Nut Identification Plate Handwheel Stem Packing Nut Gland Packing Ring Body Disc Stuffing Box Bonnet
Material
Brass Aluminium Aluminium DZR Brass Brass Brass Asbestos Free DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass
Specification BS EN
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N
C

E
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. WRAS Approved Product. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with lockshield (30LS). Available with NPT thread (30AT).

Air Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar
30
30LS

Nom Size A B C D Lockshield key Weight in mm mm mm mm Fig. Ref kg
1/2 3/4
1 64 120 69.2 105 391 2 0.7
11/4 72 125 69.2 110 391 2 1.22
11/2 75 145 75.5 130 391 2A 1.55
2 91 170 81.5 155 391 3 2.45
51.6 90 56.8 80 391 A 0.32
56 100 56.8 85 391 A 0.45
125
GATE VALVES PN16
Fig. 30C Bronze

Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Offers the ultimate in dependable service wherever minimum pressure drop is important WRAS Approved for use with potable water Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Component
Body Bonnet Stem Disc Stem Retainer Packing Ring Gland (28-54 only) Packing Nut Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut Compression Olive Compression Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Bronze DZR Brass Asbestos Free Brass Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L BS EN 12165 CW617N

Temperature C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 14.3 50 12.6 65 10 80 8.7 90 7.8 100 6.9 110 6 120 5
C
Across Protrusions

PN16

B
Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1057:2006: Half hard R250. Operator: Handwheel.
Gate valves are best for services that require infrequent valve operation and where the disc is kept either fully open or closed. They are not practical for throttling. Valves are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 12288: 2010 (formerly BS 5154) PN20 for Series B ratings, but are limited to the pressure/temperature ratings detailed in BS EN 1057:2006 for compression end fittings. This valve is to be used on Group 2 liquids only, as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
D A

Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 69 74 48 26.5 0.34 22 75 86 69 23.5 0.50 28 86 105 76 25.5 0.70 35 100 110 81 30.5 0.95 42 111 130 94 34.5 1.45 54 133 152 100 37 2.50
126
GATE VALVES PN16
Fig. 30CLS Bronze

Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Offers the ultimate in dependable service wherever minimum pressure drop is important WRAS Approved for use with potable water Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Component
Body Bonnet Stem Disc Stem Retainer Packing Ring Gland (28-54 only) Lockshield Compression Olive Compression Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze DZR Brass Bronze DZR Brass Asbestos Free Brass Brass Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 1982 (CC491K) BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12164 CW614N BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L BS EN 12165 CW617N

Temperature C -10 to 30 Pressure bar 16 40 14.3 50 12.6 65 10 80 8.7 90 7.8 100 6.9 110 6 120 5

PN16

B
Seat: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends to BS EN 1057: 2006: Half hard R250. Operator: Handwheel.
D A
Gate valves are best for services that require infrequent valve operation and where the disc is kept either fully open or closed. They are not practical for throttling. Valves are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 12288:2010 (formerly BS 5154) PN20 for Series B ratings, but are limited to the pressure/temperature ratings detailed in BS EN 1057:2006 for compression end fittings. This valve is to be used on Group 2 liquids only, as defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

Nom Size mm 15 69 78 26.5 0.34 22 75 90 23.5 0.50 28 86 110 25.5 0.70 35 100 115 30.5 0.95 42 111 136 34.5 1.45 54 133 160 37 2.50
A mm B mm D mm Weight kg
127
Fig. C31 Bronze

Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Inside screw pattern with rising stem Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar
Component
Handwheel Stem Gland Packing Stem Ring Bonnet Wedge Body
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Brass PTFE Brass Bronze Bronze Bronze
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B584 C84400 B584 C84400 B584 C84400
1561 EN-JL1030 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N 1982 CC490K 1982 CC490K 1982 CC490K
C

7 bar at 170C 16 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
Bronze body and bonnet. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (C31AT) subject to minimum quantities. Generally in accordance with BS EN 12266.
18 16 14

B
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6

1/2 3/4
1 64 95 64 0.6
11/4 70 116 70 0.8
11/2 74 127 74 0.9
2 85 151 85 1.5
4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature C
53 75 54 0.3
57 84 58 0.4
128
Fig. 33 Bronze
Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar
Component
Disc Packing Ring Handwheel Gland Stuffing Box Stem Stem (21/2" & 3") Bonnet Body Packing Nut Identification Plate Handwheel Nut
Material BS EN
Bronze Asbestos Free Aluminium Brass DZR Brass DZR Brass Al Bronze Bronze Bronze Brass Aluminium Brass
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N 12164 CW602N 12164 CW602N 12163 CW301G 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N
B455 C38500
B150 C64200 B62 C83600 B62 C83600
C

SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (33AT) 1/2 to 3".

B
36 32 28
A
Pressure bar
24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

Nom Size in
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
1 63 120 85 0.92
11/4 11/2
21/2
A mm 46 B mm 78 C mm 60 Weight kg 0.36
46 51 55 78 86 98 60 70 80 0.35 0.47 0.6
71 73 83 148 172 196 95 102 120 1.41 1.92 2.72
108 117 241 256 140 150 5.62 7.89
129
Fig. 669 Bronze

Component
Body Packing Ring Bonnet Stem Disc Gland Packing Nut Handwheel Handwheel Nut Union Ring Identification Plate
Material BS EN
Bronze Asbestos Free Bronze Bronze Bronze Brass Brass Aluminium Brass Bronze Aluminium
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K
B62 C83600
C

BS EN 12288 PN32 Series A 14 bar at 260C 32 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12288:2010. Rising stem. Union bonnet. One piece wedge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT thread (669AT).


1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
11/4 71 232 100 1.50
11/2 73 266 120 2.25
2 83 321 140 3.20
46 134 69 0.32
46 134 69 0.31
51 137 76 0.46
55 63 169 194 81 94 0.72 1.10
130
GATE VALVES PN16
Fig. 28 Bronze - Lever operated

Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Lever operated for ease of use Fitted with asbestos-free gland packing as standard
Component
Body Wedge Lever Washer Plug O-Ring Gasket Bronze / Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass NBR Fibre
Material

16 bar -20C to +90C
SPECIFICATION
H
Screwed BSP . Lever Operated. Bronze Body up to 11/2". Brass Body 2" to 4".
D L
18 16 14
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 Temperature C 100

Nom Size L H D Weight DN in mm mm mm kg
1/2
15
3/4
20
25 1 57 76 155 0.78
32 11/4 61 88 184 1.10
40 11/2 67 96 215 1.42
50 2 75 115 230 1.62
65 21/2 80 150 355 2.85
80 3 86 170 370 3.80
100 4 92 210 400 5.80
46 57 130 0.39
51 66 147 0.56
131
Fig. 35 Bronze
Robust and high quality bronze body with integral seating surfaces Flanges ends require no pipe threading Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem
Component
Gland Body Bonnet Stem Disc Stuffing Box Packing Ring Packing Nut Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut
Material BS EN
Brass Bronze Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Graphite Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B124 C37700
12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 12165 CW617N 12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
C

BS 5154 PN16 Series 7 bar at 170C 16 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
Non-rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN16.

12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 20 90 110 80 105 2.1 25 100 130 85 115 2.7 32 110 145 95 140 4.0 40 120 165 120 150 4.4 50 135 200 120 165 6.3 65 165 240 155 185 9.1 80 185 280 180 200 15.4 100 190 365 230 220 22.2
132
Fig. 609 Bronze

Component
Body Bonnet Stem (1/4" to 2") Stem (21/2") Stem (3") Disc Packing Ring Gland Packing Nut (21/2" & 3") Packing Nut (1/4" to 2") Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut
Material
Bronze Bronze Bronze AL. Brass (CA 12) Bronze Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Brass Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass
1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12163 CW301G 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 12164 CW721R 12164 CW614N B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B62 C83600
B62 C83600 B62 C83600
12164 CW614N
C

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Bronze trim. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Complies with BS EN 12288:2010.

B
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test pressures. Shell: 48 bar Seat: 35.2 bar
36 32 28 Pressure bar 24 20 16 12

Nom Size in
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
11/4
11/2
21/2
3 117 436 180 8.80

8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
A mm B (open) mm C mm Weight kg
46 46 51 55 63 71 129 129 133 162 191 223 60 70 70 80 85 95 0.35 0.40 0.50 0.75 1.30 1.70
73 83 108 253 307 374 105 120 140 2.60 3.50 6.00
133
Fig. C618 Bronze

Component
Handwheel Stem Gland Nut Gland Gland Packing Bonnet Body Wedge
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Copper Alloy Copper Alloy Copper Alloy PTFE Bronze Bronze Bronze
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B B21-C48200 B16-C36000 B16-C36000 B62-C83600 B62-C83600 B62-C83600
1561 EN-JL1030 12164 CW714R 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K
C

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem. Threaded bonnet. One piece wedge. Bronze trim. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Complies with BS EN 12288:2010. Available with NPT thread (C618AT). Complies with MSS SP-80 Class 150.

Each valve is individually hydrostatically B tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test pressures. Shell: 30 bar Seat: 22 bar

1/2 3/4
1 59 167 73 0.75
11/4 64 195 80 1.05
11/2 68 222 90 1.41
2 75 264 102 2.03
48 117 53 0.35
52 140 64 0.53
134
GATE VALVES PN6
Fig. M549 Cast Iron

Cast Iron with integral flanges Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Ideal for use for non-corrosive and reasonably clean services Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed into the body
Component
Handwheel Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body
Material
Cast Iron Cast Iron Expanded Graphite Cast Iron Asbestos Free Brass Cast Iron Asbestos Free Brass Brass Bronze Bronze Cast Iron
1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI030 12164 CW614N 1561 EN-JL1040 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JL1040
A126 CI B
C

BS EN 1171 PN6 6 bar at -10 to 120C 5.4 bar at 150C
SPECIFICATION
Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN6. Also available flanged to BS10 Table E Fig. 549E.

7 6
A
Pressure bar
5 4 3 2 1 0

Nom Size A PN6 A Table E B C D PN6 D Table E Weight mm in mm in mm mm mm in kg 50 2 150 53/4 202 130 140 6 13 65 21/2 170 61/4 222 130 160 61/2 16 80 3 180 61/2 250 150 190 71/4 22 100 4 190 63/4 303 185 210 81/2 29 125 5 200 71/2 351 185 240 10 40 150 6 200 8 250 10 250 103/4 579 245 375 16 150 300 12 270 12 680 185 440 18 205
210 230 81/4 91/2 411 498 195 225 265 320 11 131/4 51 88
30 60 90 120 150 180 Temperature C
135
GATE VALVES PN6
Fig. M552, M552E, M1552 Cast Iron

Cast Iron with integral flanges Outside screw pattern with rising stem Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse affect on thread Flanges ends require no pipe threading
Component
Body Wedge Bonnet Yoke Joint Yoke Sleeve Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Stem Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Gland Follower Packing Gland Handwheel
Material
Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Steel Cast Iron Asbestos Free Ductile Iron Brass Cast Iron
1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 10087 11sMn30 1561 EN-JLI030 1563 EN-JSI040 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B B62 C83600
A105 A126 CI B
C

BS EN 1171: 2002 PN6 6 bar at -10 to 120C 5.4 bar at 150C
SPECIFICATION
Outside screw. Rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to BS EN1092-2 PN6. Also available flanged to BS10 Table E figure 552E. Available with all iron trim figure 1552 PN6.

6 5
Pressure bar
4 3 2 1 0

Nom Size mm in 50 2 146 53/4 405 190 14 65 21/2 159 61/4 415 190 18 80 3 165 61/2 486 190 25 100 4 171 63/4 632 305 34 125 5 191 71/2 710 305 48 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 305 12 1373 405 210
A PN6 mm A Table E in B (open) mm C mm Weight kg
210 241 273 81/4 91/2 103/4 842 1100 1228 305 305 405 59 91 157
30 60 90 120 150 180 Temperature C
136
GATE VALVES PN10
Fig. M511 Cast Iron

Component
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Cast Iron Graphite Cast Iron Graphite Copper Alloy Cast Iron Graphite Bronze Cast Iron Bronze Bronze Cast Iron
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B B16-C36000 A126 CI B
1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 12164 CW603N 1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
A126 CI B
1561 EN-JL1040
A126 CI B
C

BS EN 1171:2002 PN10 10 bar at -10 to 120C 7.4 bar at 230C
B
SPECIFICATION
Complies with BS EN 1171: 2002. Face to face dimension to BS EN 558-1 series 14. Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN10.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS EN 12266:Part 1 at the following test pressures; Shell: 15 bar Seat: 11 bar
8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 150 292 160 160 17 65 170 324 160 185 20 80 180 360 200 200 28 100 190 380 200 220 34 125 200 454 250 250 51 150 210 490 250 285 62
137
GATE VALVES PN16
Fig. M541, M1541 Cast Iron

Cast Iron with integral flanges Flanged ends require no pipe threading
Component
Body Bonnet Disc Body Seat Ring Disc Seat Ring Stem Gasket Gland Packing Nut Handwheel Stem Retaining Ring Disc Stem Nut Packing Ring Handwheel Retaining Nut Handwheel Washer Body ID Plate (Not Shown)
Material
Grey Iron Grey Iron Grey Iron Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Graphite Stainless Steel Grey Iron Stainless Steel Bronze Graphite Steel Steel Aluminium
Specification BS EN
1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 1561 EN-JL1040 1982 (CC491K) 1982 (CC491K) 970: 410S21 Graphite (Asbestos Free) 970: 304S31 1561 EN-JL1040 970: 304S31 1982 (CC491K) Graphite (Asbestos Free) 4190 GR4 4320
E

-10 to 120 C at 16 bar 200C at 12.8 bar
SPECIFICATION
Wedge disc. Non-rising stem. Inside screw. Handwheel operated.
D Approx.

OPTIONAL FEATURES
Flanges undrilled.
C
18 16 14
B
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4

Nom Size A B C D E F Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 65 190 20 185 262 190 118 18.7 80 203 22 200 286 190 132 23.9 100 229 24 220 356 220 156 37.6 125 254 26 250 426 300 184 50.7 150 267 28 285 463 300 211 63.8 200 292 30 340 578 350 266 104.3
All dimensions are nominal. Please note sizes 50, 250 and 300mm are also available, please refer to the website.
2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
138
GATE VALVES PN16
Fig. M544 - M544E Cast Iron

Cast Iron with integral flanges Outside screw pattern with rising stem Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse effect on thread Flanges ends require no pipe threading
Component
Handwheel Yoke Sleeve Yoke (100 to 300mm) Gland Gland Packing Yoke Joint (100 & 300mm) Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Stem Cone Bush Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron Expanded Graphite Asbestos Free Steel Cast Iron Asbestos Free Brass Bronze Cast Iron Bronze Cast Iron Cast Iron
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030
EN10087 1561 EN-JLI040 12164 CW614N
11sMn30 A126 CI B B16-C36000 / B124-C37700 A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040 1561 EN-JLI040
C
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5150 and BS EN 1171.

BS EN 1171 PN16 16 bar at -10 to 120C 11.8 bar at 230C Outside screw. Rising stem. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Bronze trim. Flanges drilled to BS10 available figure 544E. Face to face dimensions at BS EN 558-1 basic series 3.
B
499 (SHUT)

18 16 14
A
Pressure bar

Nom Size A PN6 B (open) C D PN16 D Table E D Table F Weight mm in mm mm mm mm in in kg 50 2 178 343 190 165 6 61/2 17 65 21/2 190 345 190 185 61/2 71/4 20 80 3 203 443 190 200 71/4 8 28 100 4 229 520 305 220 81/2 9 40 125 5 254 572 305 250 10 11 56 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
267 292 668 884 305 305 285 340 11 131/4 12 141/2 69 125
330 356 955 1054 405 405 405 460 16 18 17 191/4 227 265
139
GATE VALVES PN25
Fig. M540 Ductile Iron

Ductile Iron with integral flanges Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Ideal for use for non-corrosive and reasonably clean services Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed into the body
Component
Handwheel Gland Flange Gland Gland Packing Stuffing Box Stuffing Box Gasket Stem Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Wedge Nut Wedge Wedge Facing Ring Body Seat Ring Body
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Ductile Iron H T Brass Expanded Graphite Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Al Bronze Ductile Iron Asbestos Free Al Bronze Ductile Iron Bronze Bronze Ductile Iron
Specification ASTM
1561 EN JL1030 1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN JS1040
1561 EN JS1050 12163 CW301G 1563 EN JS1050 12163 CW301G 1563 EN JS1050 B150 C64200
B150 C64200
1563 EN JS1050
C

BS EN 1171:2002 PN25 25 bar at -10 to 120C 21.5 bar at 220C
SPECIFICATION
Inside screw. Non-rising stem. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25. Bronze trim.

PN25 Shell: 37.5 bar Seat: 27.5 bar
16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 50 178 322 190 165 16 65 190 322 190 185 19 80 203 340 190 200 24 100 229 420 305 235 35 125 254 477 305 270 45 150 267 542 305 300 62
140
GATE VALVES CLASS 125
Fig. 501 Cast Iron

Component
Material BS EN
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B B16 C36000 A126 CI B B62 C83600 A126 CI B B62 C83600 B62 C83600 A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 12164 CW603N 1561 EN-JLI040 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI040 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI040
C

13.8 bar at -10 to 65C 8.6 bar at 232C
SPECIFICATION
Face to face dimensions. ANSI B16.10 & basic BS EN 558-2 Series 3. Inside screw. Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and BS 1560 3.2. Bronze trim. Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125 and BS5150 ANSI 125.
TEST PRESSURES
B
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24.1 bar Seat: 15.2 bar
20 18 16 14

Nom Size A B C D Weight in in in in in kg 2 7 11 7 6 20 21/2 71/2 121/2 7 7 25 3 8 131/2 8 71/2 29 4 9 151/4 10 9 48 5 10 18 12 10 65 6 8 10 12 14 35 18 19 205
Pressure bar
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
101/2 111/2 13 20 25 29 12 14 16 11 131/2 16 80 126 179
141
GATE VALVES CLASS 125
Fig. 504 Cast Iron

Cast Iron with integral flanges Outside screw pattern with rising stem Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse affect on thread Flanges ends require no pipe threading
Component
Material BS EN
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B A126 CI B A126 CI B B16 C36000 A126 CI B B62 C83600 A126 CI B B62 C83600 B62 C83600 A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 1561 EN-JLI030 12164 CW603N 1561 EN-JLI030 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI030 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JLI030
C

BS EN 1092-2 Class 125 13.8 bar from -10 to 65C 8.6 bar at 232C
SPECIFICATION
BS 5150:1990 ANSI 125. Face to face dimensions ANSI B16.10. Outside screw. Rising stem. Bronze trim. Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125.
TEST PRESSURES
B
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24.1 bar Seat: 15.2 bar
20
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C D Weight in in in in in kg 2 7 133/4 7 6 24 21/2 71/2 151/2 7 7 26 3 8 18 8 71/2 29 4 9 221/4 10 9 50 5 10 26 12 10 71 6 8 10 12 14 55 18 19 268
101/2 111/2 13 31 37 47 12 14 16 11 131/2 16 88 136 198
142
GLAND COCKS/DRAINTAPS
Gland Cocks/Drain Taps

Fitting Hattersleys Drain Taps and Gland Cocks enable systems to be drained without removing pipework. They prevent the build up of sediment that flows through the pipework thus extending its life expectancy.
Malleable Iron Levers
MI Lever No. Square Size mm Y1 8.7 Y2 9.5 Y3 10.3 Y4 12.7 Y5 14.3 Y6 15.9 Y7 19.1 Y8 22.2 Y9 25.4
MI Lever No. Square Size mm
D1 7.9
D2 10.3
D3 11.1
D31/2 13.5
D41/2 15.9
D5 17.5
D6 19.1
D7 23.8
D71/2 26.2
D8 31.8
143
DRAINING TAPS
Fig. 370-371 Bronze

Enables system to be drained without removing pipework Prevents build-up of sediment Extends life expectancy of pipework
Component
Body Stem Bonnet Disc Holder
Material
Bronze Brass Brass Brass
Specification BS EN
1982 CC491K 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N 12164 CW603N
A A B B

Suitable for pressures of 13 bar up to a maximum temperature of 120C.
Fig. 370
Fig. 371

Nom Size A (370) A (371) B C Lockshield key Weight in mm mm mm mm Fig. Ref kg
1/2 3/4
1 79 83 19 11 393 6 0.68
57 59 13 10 391 2 0.22
73 75 16 10 391 3 0.36
144
GLAND COCKS
Fig. 81HU Bronze Hose Union

Enables system to be drained without removing pipework Prevents build-up of sediment Extends life expectancy of pipework
Component
Gland (1/2" to 1") Gland (11/4" to 2") Gland Packing Plug Cap and Tail Body
Material BS EN
Brass Bronze Asbestos Free Bronze Brass Bronze
Specification ASTM
B124 Alloy 2 B62 B62 B455-385 B62
12165 CW617N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K

10 bar 0 to 120C
B
SPECIFICATION
90 operation. Sizes 1/2" to 1" supplied complete with cap and strap. Other sizes available with cap and chain on request. Plugs have square heads with a slot to indicate plug position. Malleable iron levers available on request. Malleable iron lever can be pinned to the plug head at extra charge. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Figure 81HU Gland Cocks are not suitable for gas service.
12 10 8 6 4 2

Body: 20 bar

in
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
1 145 79 D41/2 1.2
11/4 184 90 Y6 1.5
11/2 203 100 Y7 2.5
A mm B mm MI Lever No. Weight kg
95 47 Y1 0.32
102 54 Y2 0.35
93 54 D2 0.38
117 64 D31/2 0.67
MALLEABLE IRON LEVERS

MI Lever No. Square size mm Y1 8.7 Y2 9.5 D2 10.3 D31/2 13.5 D41/2 15.9 Y6 15.9 Y7 19.1
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
Pressure bar
Nom Size
145
Terminal 5, Heathrow Airport, London Specification: Hattersley Automatic and Static Balancing Valves 146 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLOBE VALVES
Globe Valves
Hattersley globe valves are highly efficient for throttling service because seat and disc designs provide flow characteristics with proportionate relationships between valve lift and flow rate. This assures accurate flow control/regulation. Globe valve bodies are normally of spherical shape, ensuring maximum strength against line pressures and pipeline strains. Wide faced hexagon ends on threaded valves provide a firm wrench grip which prevents damage to the valve. The majority of Hattersley globe valves are inside screw pattern, having either a screwed bonnet or union bonnet configuration. A wide choice of disc and seat materials is offered in this range to enable the user to select a valve most suited for the intended service. There are five basic seat and disc arrangements available: 1. Metal to metal: the seat being integral with the body. 2. Renewable alloy or stainless steel disc and seat. 3. Renewable composition or elastomeric disc. 4. Renewable composition elastomeric disc alloy seat. 5. Vee-Reg pattern stainless steel disc and seat giving protection against wire drawing on steam service.
147
GLOBE VALVES PN16 SERIES B
Fig. C4 Bronze
High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape Rising stem and screwed bonnet Assures accurate flow regulation/control Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar
Component
Handwheel Stem Gland Nut Gland Follower Gland Packing Bonnet Disc 1/2" to 1" Disc 11/4" to 2" Body
Material
Cast Iron Brass Brass Brass PTFE Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze
Specification ASTM
A126 CI B B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B584 C84400 B16 C36000 B584 C84400 B584 C84400
C

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem. Threaded bonnet. Metal disc. Taper thread BS EN 12288 (BS 21-IS0 7). Available with NPT thread (C4AT) subject to minimum quantities.

B
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested to BS 5154 at the following test pressures. Shell: 24 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
36 32 28
A
Pressure bar
24 20 16
am
t Sa

1/2 3/4
1 65 87 64 0.55
11/4 75 94 74 0.72
11/2 84 104 74 1.01
2 99 124 87 1.54
12
ate d
49 70 53 0.26
56 70 58 0.35
8 4 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
148
ur
Ste
Fig. 5 Bronze
Component
Body Disc (1/2" to 1") Disc (11/4" to 2") Stem Bonnet Stem Packing Packing Handwheel Gland Nut Lock Nut
Material BS EN
Cast Bronze Brass Bronze Brass Bronze Teflon PTFE Aluminium Brass Brass
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600 B124 C37700 B62 C83600 B455 C38000 B62 C83600
1982 CC491K 12165 CW617N 1982 CC491K 12164 CW617N 1982 CC491K PTFE
12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N
B455 C38500 B455 C38500
C

SPECIFICATION
Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. BS 5154. Bronze Body.

B
24 20 16
am
t Sa

Nom Size A B (open) C Weight in mm mm mm kg
1/2 3/4
1 86 118 82 0.9
11/4 99 137 94 1.4
11/2 109 162 101 1.7
2 130 166 119 2.7
12
ate d
60 92 70 0.4
74 108 76 0.5
8 4 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
ur
Ste
149
Fig. 5N - 5NLS Bronze Needle

Component
Body Stem Stem Packing Bonnet Packing Nut Handwheel Identification Plate Handwheel Nut
Material
Cast Bronze Brass Teflon Cast Bronze Brass Aluminium Aluminium Brass
1982 CC491K 12164 CW617N PTFE 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N B62 C83600 B124 Alloy 2 B62 C83600 B455 C38500
12164 CW614N
B455 C38500
C

BS 5154: 1991 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198C 32 bar from -10 to 100C
E
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.

36 32
5N
5NLS
Pressure bar
28 24 20 16
am
t Sa

Nom Size A B (open) C E Lockshield key Weight in mm mm mm mm Fig. Ref kg
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
1 86 118 82 121 391 IP 0.9
51 72 57 75 391 IP 0.2
51 72 57 75 391 IP 0.2
60 92 68 95 391 IP 0.4
74 108 75 111 391 IP 0.6
12
ate d
8 4 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
150
ur
Ste
Fig. 13 Bronze
Component
Handwheel Nut Gland Nut Packing Bonnet Stem Disc Stem Nut Disc Holder Disc Retaining Washer Body
Material BS EN
Aluminium Brass PTFE Bronze Brass Brass Brass Brass Bronze
Specification ASTM
B16 C36000 B124 C37700 B62 C83600 B455 C38000 B16 C36000 B16 C36000 B124 C37700 B16 C36000 B124 C37700 B62 C83600
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K 12165 CW617N 12164 CW603N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K
C

BS 5154:1991 PN32 Series B 14 bar at 198C 32 bar from -10 to 100C
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. PTFE replacement disc. Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1

B
36 32 28 Pressure bar 24 20 16
am
t Sa

Nom Size A B (open) C Weight in mm mm mm kg
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
12
51 72 56.5 0.3
51 72 56.5 0.3
60 92 68.3 0.5
74 108 75.1 0.6
86 118 82 1.1
99 137 94 1.6
109 162 100 2.2
130 166 119 3.7
4 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
ur
ate d
Ste
11/4
11/2
151
GLOBE VALVES PN40
Fig. 23 Bronze
High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape Rising stem and union bonnet Assures accurate flow regulation/control Suitable for high pressures up to 40 bar
Component
Handwheel Gland Packing Bonnet Union Ring Disc Stem Disc Stem Ring Body Seat Ring Body Lock Washer Packing Nut (1/4" to 11/2") Packing Nut 2" Handwheel Nut Identification Plate
Material BS EN
Aluminium Brass Non Asbestos Bronze Bronze 316 St. Steel Man Bronze Man Bronze 13% Cr St Bronze Brass Brass Bronze Brass Aluminium
Specification ASTM
12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 12164 CW721R 12164 CW721R 10088 X12Cr13 1982 CC491K 2870 12164 1982 CC491K 12164 CW614N B62 C83600 B62 C83600 B138C67500 B138C67500 A276 410 B62 C83600 CZ 123 CW721R
C

PN40 17.5 bar at 260F 40 bar from -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991. Bronze body. 316 stainless steel disc. Rising stem. Union bonnet. Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. Available with NPT threads to ASTM B1.20.1.

B
44 40 36 32
Pressure bar
28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 Temperature C

1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
1 95 173 100 1.82
11/4 108 201 119 2.73
11/2 121 225 139 3.78
2 146 255 150 6.03
59 126 76 0.56
59 126 76 0.55
68 142 81 0.8
81 154 94 1.24
152
Fig.17 Bronze
High quality bronze body with robust spherical shape Rising stem and screwed bonnet Assures accurate flow regulation/control Integral flanges require no pipe threading
Component
Body Disc Stem Ring Packing Gland Packing Nut Washer Disc Retaining Nut Handwheel Handwheel Nut Identification Plate Bonnet Stem Disc Disc Holder
Material BS EN
Bronze Man Bronze Asbestos Free Brass Brass Brass Brass Aluminium Brass Aluminium Bronze Brass PTFE Bronze
Specification ASTM
B62 C83600 B138 C67500
1982 CC491K 12164 CW721R 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 12164 CW614N 1982 CC491K 12164 1982 CC491K
B62 C83600 CW721R B62 C83600
C

BS 5154: 1991 PN16 Series B 7 bar at 170C 16 bar from -10 to 100C
B
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem. Screwed bonnet. Renewable glass filled PTFE disc. Conical seat disc (15 to 50mm). Flanged to BS EN 1092-3. Also available with flanges drilled to BS10 Table E and F and ANSI from PN16 flanges. Face to face dimensions of all valves are to PN16 detail.

12 10 8 6
dS tea
m

Nom Size A B C D E Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 80 101 70 95 6.0 1.24 20 90 119 80 105 6.0 1.76 25 100 130 95 115 8.0 2.30 32 110 155 95 140 8.0 2.82 40 120 172 105 150 9.0 5.22 50 135 196 120 165 11.0 5.71
4 2 0 0
40 80 120 160 200 Temperature C
Sa tu
ra te
153
GLOBE VALVES PN16
Fig. 731 Cast Iron

Valve body is made of high grade cast iron and has integral flanges Supplied with asbestos free gland packing and gaskets Outside screw pattern with rising stem Ideal for use on more active media where fluid might have an adverse effect on thread
Component
Handwheel Yoke Bush Stem Gland Flange Gland Follower Gland Packing Bonnet Bonnet Gasket Disc Stem Nut Disc Body Seat Ring Body
Material BS EN
Cast Iron Bronze Brass Ductile Iron Bronze Graphite Cast Iron Graphite Bronze Bronze Bronze Cast Iron
Specification ASTM
A126 CIB B62 C83600 B16 C36000 A536 65-45-12 B62 C83600 A126 ClB B62 C83600 B584 C83600 B584 C83600 A126 ClB
1561 EN-JL1030 1982 CC491K 12164 CW603R 1563 EN-JS1030 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JL1040 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1982 CC491K 1561 EN-JL1040
C

SPECIFICATION
BS EN 13789:2010. Face to face dimensions BS EN 588-1 basic series 10. Cast iron body and bonnet. Outside screw, rising stem. Bronze trim. Sizes DN125 to DN300 have a centre guided disc. Handwheel operated. Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Also available flanged BS 5152 ANSI 125 figure 731 ANSI.
18 16 14 Pressure bar 12 10 8 6
Stea

mm
50 203 259 178 16
65
80
100 292 402 254 44
125 330 419 300 62
150 356 479 300 83
200 495 537 348 141
250 622 640 400 221
300 698 733 457 295
4 2 0 0
A mm B (open) mm C mm Weight kg
216 241 300 318 178 200 21 26
40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
154
Sat
ura ted
Nom Size
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
Lubricated Plug Valves

The principle of the HNH-Milliken plug valve is as simple as its design. The plug, which is the only moving part of the valve, when open, presents a straight through passage in line with the pipeline, and when turned through 90 to the closed position stops the flow. A special sealing compound is used to effect a completely leak tight seal. When line pressure is applied to the valve in the closed position, the parallel plug is forced to the downstream side of the valve. The plug is then in contact with the body in the area surrounding the outlet port. The sealing compound, which surrounds the outlet port by means of special grooves in the plug, forms a barrier to line pressure. It is also spread over the sealing surfaces of the plug and body so that a very thin film of compound is established between the plug and body surfaces on the downstream side. The metal to metal contact of plug and body together with the barrier of sealing compound ensures a completely leak tight valve. The sealing compound to some extent preserves the body and plug surfaces from corrosion, and provides lubrication for ease of operation. Providing the valve is correctly maintained, which in general simply means injecting a small amount of sealing compound from time to time and moving the plug, a valve giving positive shut-off will result in and provide many years of satisfactory service. Specification Screwed end valve are supplied screwed internal to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) or API Line Pipe Thread as required. PN16 flanged end valves are drilled to BS EN 1092 2PN16 and class 125 conform to ANSI B16.1 Class 125. PN25 flanged end valves are drilled to BS EN 1092 2PN25 and Class 250 conform to ANSI B16.1 Class 250. Health and Safety HNH-Milliken plug valves contain sealing compound and grease which, for their intended use, do not present a significant hazard to health. If skin contact occurs when recharging the valve with compound wash hands thoroughly with soap and water and maintain good standards of hygiene. Health and safety data sheets are available for each compound and give guidance on safe handling and remedial action if misused. Flanges This catalogue provides information for screwed end valves and valves fitted with flanges to BS EN 1092-2 and ANSI B16.1. Valves with BS10 flanges can be supplied, details on application. Gearing In this catalogue the dimensional tables indicate where, in our opinion, valves should be fitted with gearing.
Steam Jacketing Steam jacketed bottom covers can be fitted to the HNH-Milliken valves shown in the table. Steam jacketing is used on viscous services where heat is required to keep the media in a liquid state. Steam Jacket Availability
Nom Size mm in 200S 25 1 32 11/4 40 11/2 50 2 65 21/2 80 3 100 4 125 5 150 6 200 8 250 10
155
Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves Operating and Test Pressures
Flanged BS EN 1092-2 PN16 ANSI B16.1 Class 125 ANSI B16.1 Class 125 BS1560 Class 125 BS1560 Class 125 ANSI B16.1 Class 250 ANSI B16.1 Class 250 BS1560 Class 250 BS1560 Class 250 Screwed All
1/2
Sizes Hot
Pressure/Temperature Rating Cold 16 bar from -10 to 120C 200lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F 150lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F 13.8 bar from -10 to 65C 10.3 bar from -10 to 65C 500lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F 300lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F 34.5 bar from -10 to 65C 20.7 bar from -10 to 65C
11.2 bar at 250C to 12" 125lbf/in2 at 450F 100lbf/in2 at 353F 8.6 bar at 230C 6.9 bar at 180C 250Ibf/in2 at 450F 200lbf/in2 at 406F 17.2 bar at 230C 14.1 bar at 200C
14 to 24" 15 to 300mm 350 to 600mm

1/2
to 12"
14 to 24" 15 to 300mm 350 to 600mm Sizes
Hot PN16 Class 250All All 17.5 bar at 260C
Pressure/Temperature Rating Cold 16 bar from -10 to 120C (232lbf/in2 from -23 to 248F) (500lbf/in2 from -23 to 248F)
10.8 bar at 260C (157lbf/in2 at 500F) 34.5 bar from -10 to 120C (253lbf/in2 at 500F)
Hydrostatic Test Pressures Fig. No 200M 200R 200L/T 171MG 201M 201R 201T 221T 205M 401M End Connection Pressure Rating Nominal Size DN15 (1/2") to DN80 (3") Screwed Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged PN16 PN16 PN16 ANSI 125 ANSI 125 DN25 (1") to DN50 (2") DN15 (1/2") to DN50 (2") DN150 (6") to DN600 (24") DN25 (1") to DN200 (8") DN32 (11/4") to DN100 (4") DN50 (2") to DN150 (6") DN80 (3") Flanged ANSI 250 DN50 (2) to DN150 (6) 51.7 750 34.5 500 24.0 24.1 18.3 348 350 265 17.6 13.8 12.1 255 200 175 24.0 348 17.6 255 Body Test bar lbf/in2 Seat Test bar lbf/in2
Note 1: All valves 1/2" to 11/2" inclusive are pneumatically tested to: Body: 6 to 7 bar Seat: 6 to 7 bar
VALVE PRESSURE/ TEMPERATURE RATING

The pressure/temperature ratings given apply to the valve only. The maximum temperature at which a valve may operate depends upon the sealing compound with which the valve is filled. However, should the sealing compound have an operating temperature different to that of the valve the lower temperature must apply.
156
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES CLASS 125
Fig. 170M (Screwed), 171M (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Reduced Bore
Sealing compound effects a completely leak tight seal. When open - presents a straight through passage in line with pipeline Stops flow after 90 turn
170M - Sizes 1" to 4"
171M - Sizes 1" to 8"
171MG* - Sizes 6" to 24" supplied with fully enclosed gearing

Dimensions 170M and 171M
Nom Size A (170M) A (171M) mm in 25 1 92 102 4 103 41/4 G G/C 1.7 2.9 32 11/4 102 111 43/8 108 45/8 G G/C 1.9 4.2 40 11/2 111 118 45/8 119 5 J J/C 2.4 5.0 50 2 152 178 7 127 6 J J 4.3 8.2 65 21/2 165 190 71/2 197 7 L L 6.6 11 80 3 187 203 8 206 71/2 L L 10 17 100 4 225 225 9 254 9 O O 21 24 125 5 254 10 270 10 P 44 150 6 200 8
DETAILS OF TAPPED HOLES

The close proximity of the flange to the body does not allow room for all bolt holes to be drilled through. These holes are drilled and tapped as follows: Valve size 125mm 150 to 200mm 250 to 300mm Tapped M16 M20 M24
mm mm in B mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Wrench (screwed) Wrench (flanged) Weight (screwed) kg Weight (flanged) kg
267 292 101/2 111/2 298 327 11 131/2 P Q 57 77
Dimensions 171MG (with gear unit)

Nom Size mm in 150 6 267 380 11 71 200 8 292 473 131/2 95 250 10 330 532 16 163 300 12 356 576 19 224 400 16 762 738 231/2 558 450 18 864 802 25 625 500 20 914 843 271/2 1190 600 24 1067 914 32 1610
A mm B mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Weight kg
157
Fig. 200M (Screwed), 201M (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Full Bore
200M - Sizes 1/2" to 3"

Dimensions 200M and 201M
Nom Size A (200M) A (201M) mm in
1/2
201M - Sizes 1" to 8" Sizes 5", 6" and 8" have bolted bottom cover
201M - Sizes 5" to 8"
15
3/4
20
25 1 106 121 43/4 108 115 41/4 G 2.1 3.9
32 11/4 111 111 43/8 124 140 45/8 J 2.6 4.6
40 11/2 117 117 45/8 127 150 5 J 3.1 5.7
50 2 152 178 7 197 165 6 L 6.0 10
65 21/2 165 190 71/2 206 185 7 L 8.8 13
80 3
100 4
125 150 5 6 254 267 10 101/2 299 327 250 285 10 11 P Q 58 77
mm mm in B mm D Flanged PN16 mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Wrench Weight (200M) kg Weight (201M) kg
81 G 0.8 2.7
88 G 1.2 2.7
187 203 229 8 9 254 270 200 220 71/2 9 O P 14 31 19 39
DETAILS OF TAPPED HOLES

The close proximity of the flange to the body does not allow room for all bolt holes to be drilled through. These holes are drilled and tapped as follows: Valve size Tapped 100 and 125mm M16 150 to 200mm M20

Nom Size A mm in 125 5 254 10 381 250 10 72 150 6 267 101/2 473 285 11 95 200 8 292 111/2 533 340 131/4 167
mm in B mm D Flanged PN16 mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Weight kg
158
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES PN16 & CLASS 125
Fig. 200R (Screwed), 201R (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Round Port, Full Bore
200R - Sizes 1", 11/2" and 2" only
201R - Sizes 11/4" to 4" 4" size has bolted bottom cover

Dimensions 200R and 201R
Nom Size A (200R) A (201R) mm in 25 1 106 5 114 41/4 J 1.9 3.8 32 11/4 127 51/4 124 45/8 J 3.6 5.8 40 11/2 140 133 71/2 140 5 L 4.9 7.5 50 2 190 190 83/4 206 6 O 12 17 65 21/2 222 95/8 216 7 O 19 23 80 3 244 123/4 245 71/2 P 25 30 100 4 324 286 9 Q 60 61
mm mm in B mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Wrench Weight (200R) kg Weight (201R) kg
159
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES PN16 & CLASS 125
Fig. 200L/T, 201T, 201TG Fig. 221T Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - 3 Way Pattern L-Port & T-Port
200L, 200T - Sizes 1/2" to 2" >4" size has bolted cover

Dimensions (wrench operated)
Nom Size A (200L/T) A (201T/221T) B Flanged PN16 D Flanged ANSI 125 Wrench Weight (screwed) Weight (flanged) mm in mm mm in mm mm in kg kg
1/2
201T - Sizes 2" to 4", 221T - 80mm only >4" size has bolted cover
201TG - Sizes 5" to 6"
15
3/4
20
25 1 108 118 J 2.5 -
32 11/4 127 133 J 3.8 -
40 11/2 140 133 L 5.2 -
50 2 162 216 81/2 206 165 6 L 8.4 13
65 21/2
80 3
100 4 324 123/4 302 220 9 Q 51 82
VALVE IDENTIFICATION
Ends Screwed Screwed Flanged Flanged Flanged Operation Non-transflow Wrench Wrench Wrench Geared Transflow Wrench Fig No 200L 200T 201T 201TG 221T
99 108 G 1.7 -
99 108 G 1.6 -
248 267 93/4 101/2 222 257 185 200 7 71/2 O P 15 29 24 39
Dimensions (with gear unit)

Nom Size A mm in 125 5 387 151/4 476 250 10 125 150 6 406 16 521 285 11 151
Transflow pattern valves allow reduced flow through the ports during rotation of the plug from one position to another.
mm in B mm D Flanged PN16 mm D Flanged ANSI 125 in Weight kg
160
Fig. 401M (Flanged) Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Regular Pattern, Full Bore
401M - Sizes 2" to 4"
401MG - Sizes 5" to 6"

Dimensions 401M
Nom Size A (401M) B D Flanged ANSI 250 Wrench Weight (401M) mm in mm in mm in kg
1/2
15
3/4
20
25 1 108 47/8 G 5.0
32 11/4 124 51/4 J 5.6
40 11/2 127 61/8 J 7.0
50 2 216 81/2 187 61/2 L 15
65 21/2
80 3
100 4
102 G 3.0
105 G 3.7
241 283 305 91/2 111/8 12 206 254 270 71/2 81/4 10 L O P 17 28 51

Nom Size A mm in 125 5 381 15 381 11 92 150 6 403 157/8 473 121/2 120
mm in B mm D Flanged ANSI 250 in Weight kg
161
Servicing Instructions HNH-Milliken Parallel Plug Valves Positive isolation with minimum maintenance
Combination Sealing Screw (for gun injection) Button Head Nipple (for gun injection)
SEALING
In service sealing compound should be used for each individual medium to affect good isolation. Our recommendations for sealing compounds are the result of considerable research. If there is any doubt as to the suitability of a particular compound for a given service, test should be carried out in a new clean valve. This is the only way to conduct such tests. Laboratory tests using a beaker of line fluid and immersing a stick of compound have proved misleading. Where samples of fluid can be supplied, together with details of temperature and pressure, and if known frequency of operation, we will carry out specific tests and give our recommendations based upon the results.
Sealing compound injection gun type NMG 40 for use with pre-packed sealing compound cartridges. For use with valves fitted with button head nipples and combination sealing screws.
Lightweight compound gun
Injection of Compound When the combination screw has reached its limit (screwed fully down) this indicates that the valve needs recharging with sealing compound. When using the lightweight compound gun, remove the combination screw, partially fill the compound reservoir in the plug, replace the combination screw, and screw down. This operation may need repeating several times. When using the NMG 40 high pressure gun, attach the nozzle to the injection nipple and give several steady stokes of the lever. VALVES MUST EITHER BE FULLY OPEN OR FULLY CLOSED WHILST THEY ARE BEING CHARGED. Indication of Full Charging The first indication of the valve becoming fully charged is an increase in the effort required to rotate the combination screw, or with the high pressure gun injection an increase in the effort required on the lever. The effort required to operate the valve should have increased from the initial operation prior to injection of sealing compound.
Method of injection Where the number of valves to be charged is small, ie. 12-15 valves, especially if they are in the smaller sizes, lightweight gun injection can be successfully used. For larger quantities use of the NMG40 high pressure gun is recommended. Valve Leakage Leakage through the valve indicates that the valve requires injection of sealing compound or that it needs opening and closing a minimum of three times to distribute the compound evenly. Operating Torque Should a valve become jammed or unusually stiff to operate, this can generally be cured by the injection of sealing compound. If this is ineffective, it will be necessary to dismantle the valve, clean the components and recharge with sealing compound. Servicing Advice is available from the Hattersley Service Department in connection with all aspects of operation, lubrication and maintenance.
CONSTRUCTION
Only five major parts are involved when dismantling ie. body, parallel plug, PTFE thrust ring, bottom cover and plug support spring.
OPERATION
Care must be taken particularly with geared valves that the plug is eased off the body stop after operation to ensure the plug is free to float.
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
Valves are despatched by Hattersley charged with sealing compound. A compound identification tag states clearly that the valve has been assembled and tested with a universal compound. The user is advised to follow the chart overleaf for specific applications. When injecting additional sealing compound, care should be taken to ensure that it is of the correct type. Where the service permits, the valve should be partially or fully operated once to ensure free operation and to determine the effort required. For infrequently operated valves maintenance merely consists of two or three turns of the combination screw or, if gun injection, several strokes of the lever, and opening and closing the valve a minimum of three times to distribute the compound evenly around the plug at three monthly intervals. It is difficult to be specific how often the valve should be recharged with sealing compound, since this is determined by the frequency of operation, type of service, pressure and temperature.
No. Temperature Colour of Range Compound 18* 44 32 to 450F 0 to 230C -40 to 284F -40 to 140C -31 to 500F -34 to 260C Black Black
Colour of Box Label Buff Green Prepacked Cartridges Apple Green
Availability
Do NOT use for
Cleaning Solvent
Bulk
74
Grey
90** -20 to 375F -30 to 190C
White
* Not suitable for gun injection
Tubes, Bulk and Strong Chemicals Bulk and Prepacked Cartridges White Bulk and Prepacked Cartridges ** UK WFBS Listed
Water or Strong Water Chemicals Trichloroethane Strong Chemicals Trichloroethane Trichloroethane Nitrating Acids Steam, HTHW Solvents Paraffin Hot Water Acetone
162
Sealing Compound Recommendations

* Refer to Technical Department Service Sealing Compound 74 74 90,74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 44 44 18,74 18,74 74 90 44 74 74 18,74 90,74 90 90 74 161 44 44 74 74 90,74 90,74 90,74 90 74 74 44 90,74 90,74 44,74 74 74 74 74 74 90,74 90,74 Service Chloride of Lime Chocolate Chrome Alum Chrome Tanning Liquor Coal Gas Coal Gas Condensate Coal/Petroleum Mixed Gas Condensate Coal Tar Coal Tar Oils Coal Tar Solvents Coal Washers Coconut Oil Coke Oven Gas Condensate Corn Oil Corn Syrup (Glucose) Cotton Seed Oil Creosote Cumene Cutting Oil Cyanide Solutions Denatured Alcohol Dextrine Diesel Fuel Distillate Petroleum Disinfectant Solution Enamel (see Paint) Epsom Salts Ethane Gas Ethanalamine Ether, Petroleum Ethers Ethyl Acetate Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol) Ethyl Benzine Ethyl Chloride Gas or Liquid Ethylene Ethylene Dichloride (Dry) Ethyline Gas Ethylene Glyco/Water Sol. (50% Antifreeze) Ethylene Glycol Sealing Compound 90,74 No compound 90,74 90,74 44 90,44 90,44 18 74 44 90,74 90,74 90,74 90 90,74 90 90,74 44,18 44 44 90,74 74 90 44 44 90 Service Ferrous Chloride (Pure) Fish Oil Fuel JP4 Fuel Oil Furlural Gases Gas (Manufactured) Gas (Natural) Gas Oil Gasoline Glucose Glycerine (Glycerol) Grain Alcohols (Ethyl Alcohol) Grease Gypsum (Calcium Sulphate) Sealing Compound 90,74 44 44 44 44 * 90,44 90,44 44 44 90 90,74 74 44,74 90
Acetone/Acetate Acetone Air Alcohols Alkaline Solutions Ammonia Anhydrous Ammonia (Gas) Ammonia (Liquid) Ammoniacal Copper Hydroxide Ammonium Hydroxide Amyl Alcohol (Pure) Anline Dyes Anthracine Oil Aromatic Hydrocarbons Aromatic Solvents Asphalt Asphalt Emulsions Barium Hydroxide Beet Sugar Liquors Benzene Benzyl Alcohol Bocarbonate of Soda Bitumen Blast Furnace Gas Boiler Blow Down Borax Brake Fluid Bunker Fuel Butadiene Butane (Gas or Liquid) Butanol Butyl Alcohol Calcium Chloride Solution Calcium Hydroxide (Lime Water) Calcium Sulphate Cane Sugar Liquors Carbolic Acid (Phenol Sol.) Carbonate of Soda Carbon Bisulphide Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Gas Carburetted Water Gas Caster Oil Caustic Potash Caustic Soda Cellulose Acetate Solutions Cellulose Nitrate Cement (Dry) Cement Slurries
Helium Gas 90,44 Heptane 44 Heavy Oil (Coke Plant) 44 Hexane 44 Hydraulic Fluid (Haughtosafe 271) 44 Hydraulic Oil 44 Hydrocarbons (Aromatic) 44 Hydrogen Gas 90,44 Kerosene Ketones (Not Acetone) Lard Latex Light Naphthas Light Oil Linseed Oil Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) Lubricating Oil Lye Solutions (Alkalies) Magnesium Hydroxide Maltose (Malt Syrup) Manufactured Gas Methane Gas Methyl Alcohol (Methanol) Methyl Bromide Methyl Chloride, Gas or Liquid Methylated Spirits Milk of Lime Mineral Oil Mineral Spirits Molasses Monoethanolomine 44 44,74 90 * 44 44,74 90,74 44 44 74 90 90 90,44 90,44 74 74 44 74 90,74 44 44 90 74,44
90 44 74,44 44 44 44 74 44 44 44,18 44,74 44,18 90,74 74
163
Sealing Compound Recommendations

* Refer to Technical Department Service Sealing Compound Service Sealing Compound Service Sealing Compound 90 90 90 90,74 90,74 90,74 44,74 44 74 90 44
Naptha Naptha Vapours Naphthalene Natural Gas Nitrobenzene Nitrogen Gas Oil Gas Mixture Oil (Petroleum) Oil Tar Oil Water Mixtures Paints - Alcohol Solvent Base - Hydrocarbon Solvent Base - Varnish - Water Based - White Spirit Based Paraffin Paraffin Wax Pentane Petrolatum (Petroleum Jelly) Petroleum Gas Petroleum Ether Phthalic Anhydride Pine Resin Pitch Polyester Resin Solvent Polyisobutylene Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion Potash (Potassium Carbonate) Potassium Cyanide Liquor Potassium Sulphate Producer Gas Propane (Gas or Liquid) Propylene Pyridine Quenching Oil Rapeseed Oil Road Tars Rosin (Fine Resin) Rubber Latex Rubber Solvent
44 44 44,74 90,44 44 90,44 44 44 18,74 90,44
74 44 44 90 44 44 90,44 44 44,74 90,44 44 74 90,74 18,74 * 44 * 90,74 90,74 90 90,44 90,44 44 * 44,18 90,44,74 18,74 * * *
Sewage 90,44 Sewage Gas 90,44 Shell Cornea 44 Shell Garia A 44 Shell Turbine Oil 44 Shellac in Alcohol 74 Shock Absorber Oil (Mineral) * Sludge and Sewage 90,44 Soap Solutions 90,74 Soda Liquor (Paper Industry) 74 Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) 74 Sodium Cyanide Solution 90,74 Sodium Hydroxide (up to 50% Conc.) 74 Sodium Metasilicate 74 Sodium Nitrate 90 Sodium Phosphate (Tri-basic) 90,74 Sodium Silicate 74 Sodium Sulphate 90,74 Soluble Oil 90,74 Solvent Naphtha 17,44 Starch Solutions 90 Sugar Solutions 90 Sulphur (Liquid) 44,18,74 Sulphur Dioxide 74 Sulphur Trioxide 74 Synthetic Resins * Synthetic Tannins * Tanning Liquors Tar Tar Oil (Creosote) Teepol Tempering Oil Tetraethyl Lead Toluene (Toluol) Triethanolamine Trimethylamine Trisodium Phosphate Turpentine Tallow Vacuum Service Varnish (See Paints) Vegetable Oils Vegetable Oils and Water Vegetable Tannins Vinyl Chloride Monomer 90,74 18,74 44,18 90 44,18 44 44 74 44,74 90,74 44 90 90,44 90,74 90,74 90,74 74
Water (Cold) Water (Cold, Domestic) Water (Hot, Heating) Water/Gas Water Softener Salts Wax Emulsions Waxes White Spirit Wood Alcohol (Methyl Alcohol) Wort, Beer Xylol (Xylene)
164
RADIATOR VALVES
Radiator Valves
Series 3000 radiator valves from Hattersley are recognised as the industry standard for high quality and dependable performance. The range incorporates Thermostatic, Wheelhead and Lockshield valves; and also a Universal valve body to accommodate TRV and Wheel heads. All valves are available in 1/2" and 3/4" BSP sizes, each supplied complete with complementary compression end adaptors. The chrome plated brass valves are complemented by a range of accessories including Remote Sensors and Transmitters, and Tamperproof TRV locks. The Hattersley Series 3000 radiator valves enable isolation, regulation and give thermostatic control. Universal Valve Body for TRV and Wheel Head The range offers interchangeability of the TRV head and the Wheelhead. The revolutionary body design enables both the TRV head and the Wheelhead to be connected directly to a common valve body without the need for adaptors. This design breakthrough therefore reduces the cost of stock holding and increases the versatility of the range. Function Thermostatic valves are typically used for regulating the fluid flow to the radiators of central heating systems. They are provided with a regulating element which automatically controls the opening of the valve to keep the ambient temperature of the room, where they are installed, constant at the set value. This prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings. The Series 3000 Radiator valve range is eminently suitable for building services installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant, while satisfying the aesthetic requirements demanded for modern commercial and domestic interiors. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar operating between 5 to 100C. The Hattersley range of valves and TRV controls are approved to standards UNI EN 215. Additional information available on request.
165
RADIATOR VALVES
Series 3000 Hydraulic Characteristics
Valve with Angle Connections Fig. 3100 3100 3300 3300 Fig. 3100 3100 3300 3300 Description Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve Description Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve Size 1
1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4"
Kv (m3/h) Proportional Band (K) 1.5 2 0.52 0.63 0.52 0.63 0.64 0.81 0.64 0.81
Kvs 3 0.90 1.09 0.90 1.09 2.39 3.19 2.39 3.19
0.34 0.40 0.34 0.40
Size
1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4"
Nominal Flow (l/h) 180 240 180 240
Max. Diff Pres. (bar) 1 1 1 1
Valve with Straight Connections Fig. 3200 3200 3400 3400 Fig. 3200 3200 3400 3400 Description Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve Description Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body Lockshield Valve Lockshield Valve Size 1
1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4"
Kv (m3/h) Proportional Band (K) 1.5 2 0.50 0.63 0.50 0.63 0.67 0.82 0.67 0.82
Kvs 3 0.86 1.05 0.86 1.05 1.52 2.20 1.52 2.20
0.32 0.43 0.32 0.43
Size
1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4"
Nominal Flow (l/h) 180 240 180 240
Max. Diff Pres. (bar) 1 1 1 1
Kv = is flow rate in m3/h at 1 bar Dp at 20C Kvs = Kv with valve fully open
Flow and Headloss Calculation Formulae Q = Kv p 36 p = Q x 36 Kv
( )
where Q is in 1/s and
p is in kPa
166
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3150 Angle Wheel Head

Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the central heating system Prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable energy savings Suitable for installations where durability and rugged construction are predominant
Component
Body Valve Insert Assembly T80 Std Wheel Head Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass (Chrome Plated) EPDM Valve Disc Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber
Specification BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM
C B

Nom Size A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 60 37 27.5 58 0.350 22 61 42 30.5 66 0.519
167
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3250 Straight Wheel Head

Component
Material
Specification BS EN
B C

Nom Size A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 64 34 44 60 0.391 22 64 40 51 65 0.580
168
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3300LS Angle Lockshield

Component
Body Lockshield Assembly Lockshield Cap Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass (Chrome Plated) Brass Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber
Specification BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW614N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM
C B

Nom Size A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 36.5 38.5 27.5 58 0.232 22 40.5 39.5 30.5 66 0.387
169
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3400LS Straight Lockshield

Component
Body Lockshield Assembly Lockshield Cap Tailpiece Ring Tailpiece Compression Olive Compression Adaptor Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass (Chrome Plated) Brass Thermoplastic Brass Brass Brass Brass Rubber
Specification BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW614N ABS BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW617N BS EN 12164 CW602N BS EN 12164 CW614N EPDM
B C D

170
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3180 Angle TRV

Component
Material
Specification BS EN
BS EN12164 CW617N ABS BS EN12164 CW617N BS EN12164 CW617N BS EN12164 CW602N BS EN12164 CW614N EPDM

Nom Size A B C D Body Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 37 96 27.5 58 0.350 22 42 98 30.5 66 0.519
171
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3280 Straight TRV

Component
Material
Specification BS EN
B C D

172
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 75/RS and 70/RT Accessories

TRV HEAD WITH REMOTE SENSOR FIG. 75/RS
Max isolating differential pressure Temperature adjustment range Frost protection cut in Max ambient temperature 0 0C 1 bar 0 to 28C 7 C 50C 3 20C 4 24C 5 28C
7C
1 12C
2 16C
Fig. 75/RS
TRV TRANSMITTER FIG. 70/RT

Max isolating differential pressure Temperature adjustment range Frost protection cut in Max ambient temperature 0 0C 1 bar 6 to 28C 6C 50C 3 20C 4 24C 5 28C
6C
1 12C
2 16C
Fig. 70/RT
173
Wheelock Square Tower, Shanghai Specification: Range of Hattersley Traditional Valves 174 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
STRAINERS
Strainers
Scale and dirt in piping systems can cause endless trouble and serious damage to pipeline equipment. Installation of Hattersley strainers will help eliminate the problems caused by foreign matter within piping systems. Generous proportions of Hattersley strainers allow the units to collect significant quantities of foreign matter before pressure losses necessitate cleaning of the basket.
175
STRAINERS PN16
Fig. 817 Bronze Y-Type

Robust and high quality bronze body Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop Compact design with short face to face Perforated stainless steel screen Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket Comprehensive flow characteristics available
Component
Cap Screen Body
Material BS EN
Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze
Specification
304 1982 CC491K

PN16 16 bar -10 to 100C 7 bar at 170C
SPECIFICATION
Bronze body. 304 stainless steel. End connections threaded to BS EN 10266 (BS21 Taper ISO R7) & B1.20.1 ANSI.

6 bar air
B D
18
A
16
D=withdrawal distance for the screen
14 Pressure bar 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 Temperature C

Nom Size A B C D kv Weight in mm mm mm mm kg
1/2 3/4
1 88 48 20 93 16.1 0.4
11/4 96 55 26 108 25.5 0.7
11/2 107 61 31 118 36 1.0
2 126 79 36 153 38 1.5
58 33 15 62 4.8 0.2
70 42 18 80 8.8 0.3
176
STRAINERS PN32
Fig. 807/907 Bronze Y-Type

Robust and high quality bronze body Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop Compact design with short face to face Perforated stainless steel screen Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket Comprehensive flow characteristics available
Component
Body Screen Gasket Cap
Material BS EN
Bronze Stainless Steel Asbestos Free (non-stick) Bronze
Specification ASTM
B62 AISI 304
1982 CC491K 10088-1 X10CrNi18-10
1982 CC491K
B62

PN32 14 bar at 198C 32 bar from -10 to 100C Note: Fig. 907 restricted to 135C
SPECIFICATION
Standard screen has 0.75mm diameter holes. Screwed cap. Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (BS21 ISO R7). Figure 907 supplied complete with two Figure 631 test points and plugs.

Shell: 6 bar air
C=withdrawal distance for strainer element B

Nom Size A B C k Factor Weight in mm mm mm kg
1/2 3/4
1 95 89 115 3.6 0.9
11/4 115 97 135 3.2 1.5
11/2 130 116 165 3.3 1.8
2 153 159 235 3.5 3.3

Pressure bar 36 32 28 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
68 49 65 3.3 0.4
80 64 90 4.2 0.5
SCREEN DATA
Nom Size Holes Dia Holes cm2 Free Flow Area Element Area Free Flow Area % Nominal Bore in mm cm2 cm2 cm2
1/2 3/4
1 0.75 50 22.6 68.5 15.5 305
11/4
11/2
2 0.75 50 22.6 255 57.6 284
0.75 50 22.6 24.6 5.5 434
0.75 50 22.6 36 8.1 284
0.75 0.75 50 50 22.6 22.6 107.1 143.1 24.2 32.3 305 283
177
STRAINERS PN25
Fig. 1807 DZR Strainer Ball Valve

Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation Dezincification resistant body material prevents corrosion and fungal growth Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop Perforated stainless steel screen
Component
Handle Stem Stem Seal Gland Seals Ball Seat Rings Body Screen Cap Gasket Cap
Material
Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Hard chrome plated Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Stainless Steel Asbestos Free DZR Copper Alloy
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N AISI 304 12165 CW602N
E

PN25 - 1/2 to 11/2" sizes 25 bar 0C to 20C, 7 bar at 120C PN20 - 2" size 20 bar 0 to 20C, 6 bar at 120C
SPECIFICATION
DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. BS EN 10266 Taper threaded (ISO R7). WRAS Approved Product.
28 24
1 /2

C B A
6 bar
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Lever Extension stem Figure 103 hose outlet blowdown valve

Pressure bar
20 16 12 8 4 0 0
"t o1
1 /2
Nom Size A B C D E Drain Plug Weight
in mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg
1/2
3/4
1 151 42 59 50 56
1/4
2"
"S
s ize
Si
110 31 48 38 47
1/4
129 35 60 46 56
1/4
ze
0.54
0.80
1.23
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
178
STRAINERS PN16
Fig. 1807C DZR Strainer Ball Valve

Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation Dezincification resistant body material prevents corrosion and fungal growth Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop Perforated stainless steel screen
Component
Handle Stem Stem Seal Gland Seals Ball Seat Rings Body Screen Cap Gasket Cap Compression Ring Compression Nut
Material
Aluminium DZR Copper Alloy EPDM Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Hard chrome plated Virgin PTFE DZR Copper Alloy Stainless Steel Asbestos Free DZR Copper Alloy Brass Brass
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N AISI 304 12165 CW602N 12165 CW617N B124 C37700
E

PN16 5 bar at 120C 6 bar at 110C 10 bar at 65C 16 bar at -10 to 30C
SPECIFICATION
DZR body. Blow-out proof stem. Hard chrome plated ball. Virgin PTFE seats. T-Handle operated. 0.8mm diameter perforated 304 stainless steel screen. Drain plug. Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2. Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube. WRAS Approved Product.
18 16 14 Pressure bar 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Temperature C
C B A

25 bar
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Lever Extension stem Figure 103 hose outlet blowdown valve

Nom Size A B C D E Drain Plug Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm BSP kg 15 137 45 48 38 47
1/4
22 159 50 60 46 56
1/4
28 175 53 59 50 56
1/4
0.6
0.9
1.3
179
STRAINERS PN16
Fig. 810/910 Cast Iron Y-Type

High strength cast iron construction Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop Asbestos-free non-stick gasket Suitable for saturated steam service Comprehensive flow characteristics available
Component
Body sizes DN50 to 400 DN450 to 600 Cover sizes DN50 to 400 DN450 to 600 Screen Gasket Plug
Material
Cast Iron Ductile Iron Cast Iron Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Teflon/Graphite Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040 1563 EN-JS1050 1561 EN-JL1040 1563 EN-JS1050 1449 304S315 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B A536 80-55-06 A126 Class B A536 80-55-06 AISI 304 A126 Class B

13 bar at 220C 16 bar from -10 to 120C Note: 910 restricted to 135C
SPECIFICATION
Bolted cover. Figure 910 supplied complete with two figure 631 test points and plugs. Flanges to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.

Shell: 24 bar
C B C=withdrawal distance for strainer element

Nom Size A B C Cover Plug Weight Flow
18
mm
50
65 273 174 216 1 14.9 93
80
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 660 473 703 2 175 1361 770 554 834 2 251 1928 960 740 740 458 1079 840 840 556 1168 910 910 628 1275 968 968 780 1450 1160 1160 1080 -
16 14 Pressure bar 12 10
ted Stea m
mm 230 mm 146 mm 178 mm 1/2 kg 10.5 kv 59
295 352 416 470 573 198 232 285 305 401 248 300 373 450 621 1 1 11/4 11/2 11/2 19.2 32.4 48 64.5 106 136 229 363 499 817
8 6 4
SCREEN DATA
Nom Size Hole Dia Free Flow Area/cm2 mm mm % 50 1.6 33 65 1.6 33 80 1.6 33 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 1.6 40 3 40 3 40 3 40 3 40 3 40
2 0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Temperature C
180
Sa
tura
STRAINERS PN25
Fig. 811/911 Ductile Iron Y-Type

High strength ductile iron construction Streamlined flow contours minimise pressure drop Asbestos-free non-stick gasket Suitable for saturated steam service Comprehensive flow characteristics available
Component
Body Cover Screen Gasket Plug
Material
Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Stainless Steel Teflon/Graphite Ductile Iron
1561 EN JS1050 1561 EN JS1050 SS 304 1561 EN JS1050
AISI 304

PN25 21.5 bar at 220C 25 bar from -10 to 120C Note: 911 restricted to 180C
SPECIFICATION
Bolted cover. Figure 911 supplied complete with two figure 631 valve controlled test points. All other sizes flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.

Shell: 37.5 bar
C B C=withdrawal distance for strainer element

Nom Size A B C Cover Plug Weight Flow mm mm mm mm mm kg kv 50 230 146 178
1/2
65 273 174 216 1 14.9 93
80 295 198 248 1 19.2 136
100 352 232 300 1 32.4 229
125 416 285 373 11/4 48 363
150 470 305 450 11/2 64.5 499
200 250 573 401 621 11/2 106 817 660 473 703 2 175 1361
300 770 554 834 2 251 1928
10.5 59
SCREEN DATA
Nom Size mm 50 1.6 33 65 1.6 33 80 1.6 33 100 1.6 40 125 1.6 40 150 1.6 40 200 1.6 40 250 1.6 40 300 1.6 40
Hole Dia mm Free Flow Area/cm2 %
181
Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham Specification: Hattersley Thermal Balancing Valves 182 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
Public Health Range

The Hattersley Public Health range consists of a number of WRAS approved valves specifically designed for the control of hot water systems. Thermal disinfection raises water temperatures to a level at which Legionella will not survive. This can be carried out by raising the temperature of the whole contents of the calorifier to 70C then circulating the water throughout the system for at least an hour. To be effective, the temperature at the calorifier should be high enough to ensure that the temperature at the taps and appliances does not fall below 60C. The range consists of valves which offer self-balancing, thermostatically controlled regulation of flow and thermal disinfection assisting with protection against Legionella. These systems are complemented by Thermostatic Mixing Valves which blend hot water (stored at temperatures high enough to kill bacteria) with cold, to ensure constant and safe outlet temperatures to prevent scalding. These systems are ideal for a range of projects including healthcare, schools, workplace and domestic environments.
183
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PN16
Fig. 1900 Thermal Balancing Valves

Ideal for domestic hot water systems to assist with protection against Legionella Provides self-balancing, thermostatically controlled regulation of flow and disinfection Suitable for circuits greater than 10 metres in length Thermostatically controlled regulation of the volume flow self-balancing Assists with disinfection at temperatures above 70C by increasing the flow automatically Has an accuracy of +/- 1C
Component
Body Upper part Valve stem Valve cone Upper part seal, valve stem seal Closing upper part valve cone seal Drain plug Closing handle Plate / clamping band
Material
Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze EPDM PTFE Bronze Plastic Plastic
Specification BS EN
BS EN 1982 CC491K BS EN 1982 CC491K BS EN 1982 CC491K BS EN 1982 CC491K 70 EPDM Teflon BS EN 1982 CC491K Polyacetal (PA) Polyacetal (PA)
H1

G
1 /4
Max Temperature 90C Nominal Pressure PN16
OPERATION
When the set point is preset to 57C, the valve remains completely open up to a valve temperature of 52C. Between 52C and the preset set point of 57C, the valve starts to close. When the set point temperature has been reached, a minimum volume flow is continuously flowing through the circulation system. If the storage temperature is further increased to temperatures greater than 70C to effect disinfection, the valve increases the flow.

Nom Inside Dia Height (H1) Length (L1) Length (L2) Copper Tails Length (L2) Mapress Copper Length (L2) Mepla Weight Flow Kv Drain Valve (G) mm mm mm mm mm mm kg cmb/h BSP 15 85 110 176 172 174 0.7 0.92
1/4
L1 L2
20 85 123 186 174 178 0.9 1.70

1/4
25 95 133 200 182 186 1.2 2.71

1/4
184
Fig. 77 Thermostatic Mixing Valves

Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant, controlled safe outlet temperature Fulfils the duty of care requirements against scalding Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace and domestic environments Flat face union ensures easy removal for maintenance Integral strainers and check valves Tamper proof adjustment
Component
O-Ring 1.5 Strainer Reduction Union Element Spring Top Valve Body
Material
EPDM Rubber Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N Vernet 0304 Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N
A A
B B
FACTORY SETTING
38C
Kv
1.26
TEMPERATURE SETTING RANGE

35-46C
MINIMUM FLOW PRESSURE

0.2 bar
HOT
D D
COLD
MINIMUM HOT TO MIX TEMPERATURE

10C
SPECIFICATION
Pressure Rating: PN10. Operator: Lockshield. Figure 77 has been independently tested and certified as meeting the requirements of the D08 specification under the TMV 3 scheme. Hattersley products are designed for installation and use within suitably designed systems reflecting CIBSE, BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.
C C
TEMPERATURE STABILITY
2C
MIXED OUTLET

Nom Size A B C D Weight mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 122 58 55 102 0.6 22 145 58 70 117 0.8
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE

10 bar
185
Fig. 78 Thermostatic Mixing Valves

Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant, controlled safe outlet temperature Fulfils the duty of care requirements against scalding Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace and domestic environments Flat face union ensures easy removal for maintenance Integral strainers and check valves Tamper proof adjustment Includes ball valves for isolation
Component
O-Ring 1.5 Strainer Reduction Union Element Spring Top Valve Body Ball T-Handle Ball Seal
Material
EPDM Rubber Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N Vernet 0304 Stainless Steel 304 DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N DZR Brass CW602N Al Alloy PTFE
A A
FACTORY SETTING
38C
Kv
1.26
B B
TEMPERATURE SETTING RANGE

35-46C
C C
MINIMUM FLOW PRESSURE

0.2 bar
MINIMUM HOT TO MIX TEMPERATURE

10C
SPECIFICATION
Pressure Rating: PN10. Operator: Lockshield. Figure 78 has been independently tested and certified as meeting the requirements of the D08 specification under the TMV 3 scheme. Hattersley products are designed for installation and use within suitably designed systems reflecting CIBSE, BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.
TEMPERATURE STABILITY
2C
COLD OUTLET HOT

Nom Size A B C Weight mm mm mm mm kg 15 200 128 110 1.1 22 200 128 110 1.3
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE

10 bar
186
Fig. 430 Pressure Reducing Valves

PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water supplies to match site requirements Simple to install Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of filter WRAS approved Manufactured in accordance with BS EN 1567 Figure 430 must be fitted with adjustable cartridge element pointing downwards
Component
Body Disc Cartridge
Material
Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Nitrile Stainless Steel Nitrile
Filter Gaskets
*Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve and is ordered separately.
H2
L1 G1/4

A1
Pressure Rating: 16 bar Maximum Fluid Temperature: 60C Maximum Inlet Pressure: 16 bar Outlet Pressure: 1.5 bar - 6.0 bar
SPECIFICATION
H1
Suitable for: Water Compressed Air

Nom Size L1 H1 H2 A1 Weight mm Fig mm mm mm mm kg 15 430 90 150 25 G3/4 0.90 20 430 90 150 25 G1 0.93 25 430 100 150 25 G11/4 1.00 32 430 105 225 38 G11/2 2.20 40 430 130 225 38 G13/4 2.30 50 430 140 225 38 G23/8 2.50 Gauge 435 Fits all sizes 0.25
187
Fig. 440 Pressure Reducing Valves

PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water supplies to match site requirements Simple to install Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of filter WRAS approved Manufactured in accordance with BS EN 1567 Figure 440 can be installed horizontally or vertically
Component
Body Cover Insert Filter Spring Disc
Material
Bronze Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Brass
8
1. Pressure Gauge 2. Valve Body 3. Blanking Plug 4. Insert 5. Spring 6. Spring Plate 7. Spring Cover 8. Adjustment Spindle *Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve and is ordered separately.
7 6 5 4
3 2 1
S1

Pressure Rating: 25 bar Maximum Fluid Temperature: 90C Maximum Inlet Pressure: 25 bar Outlet Pressure: 1.0 bar - 7.0 bar
S2 H1
SPECIFICATION
A1 H2
Suitable for: Water Compressed Air

Nom Size L1 H1 H2 S1 S2 A1 Weight mm Fig mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 440 75 110 30 10 13 G3/4 0.80 20 440 92 110 42 10 13 G1 1.30 25 440 98 150 46 12 17 G11/4 1.70 32 440 98 160 46 12 17 G11/2 1.90 40 440 128 190 52 12 17 G13/4 3.60
L1
50 440 148 265 75 13 19 G23/8 6.70
Gauge 445
Fits all sizes
0.25
188
Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Single & Double Check

(Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves

WRAS approved for use with potable water Compression ends for use with half hard R250 copper pipe Single, double and chromium plated options available
Component
Body
Material
DZR Brass
Specification BS EN
12165 CW602N

SPECIFICATION
Fig. No. 249 Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm Fig. No. 249C Double Check chromium plated - 15mm Manufactured to BS 6282. WRAS approved PN16 85C. Application: Water. End Connection: Compression. Back Flow Prevention Device category: Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999. Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply. Contamination Risks (water fittings) Regulations 1999.

B A D
Fig. 249 & 249C

Nom Size A B C D E Weight (approx) mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 15 Fig. 249 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116 22 Fig. 249 74.6 10.5 22.2 91.4 27.5 0.212 28 Fig. 249 88.6 12.5 28.25 106.3 30.5 0.360 15 Fig. 249C 61.4 9.5 15.2 78.5 24.5 0.116
189
Fig. 761 and 2761 Aquacheck Non-Return Valve

Spring loaded axially guided disc Positive non-slam shut-off Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Resilient seat located in body
Component
Body Plunger DN50-150 Plunger DN200-400 Seat Retaining Ring Seat Guide Spring
Material
Ductile Iron Bronze Cast Iron Steel Xylan Coated Nitrile Bronze Stainless Steel
1563 EN-JS1030 1561 EN-JLI030 A536-65-45-12 A126 CI B
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A276-304
Single Check Valve Fig. 761 Double Check Valve configuration Fig. 2761
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION TEMPERATURE Spring Loaded axially guided disc. Resilient Seat located in body. RATING

D B
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Alternative pressure ratings to PN25. Alternative flange details including BS EN 1092-2 PN25 and PN40 and ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
NOTES
Sizes: 50mm to 250mm WRAS Approved. 300mm is not WRAS Approved.
18 16 14
A
Pressure bar

Nom Size A B D Weight 761 Weight 2761 mm mm mm mm kg kg 50 65 80 130 260 200 9 20 100 125 155 310 220 13 27 200 403 250 21 44 150 230 460 285 28 58 200 280 560 340 47 97 250 300 344 688 405 83 168 385 770 460 123 249
12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 20 40 60 80 Temperature C 100
120 119 240 241 165 185 5 7 11 15
Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide.
190
Fig. 108C Service Ball Valve

Light, compact and easy to install and operate WRAS Approved for use on wholesome (potable) water Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube Part of Hattersleys extensive public health range Chrome plated finish Handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation
Component
Screw Handle Stem O-Ring Nut Olive Body PTFE Seat Ball Seat Retainer
Material
Steel Dacromet Plated Nylon (Ral 9017) DZR Brass Chromium Plated EPDM WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Brass CW507L DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated PTFE WRAS Approved DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
65 10
110 6
120 5
L2

PN16
OPERATOR
H
Handle (The handle can be removed to allow for screwdriver operation).
BORE
SPECIFICATION
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube. WRAS Approved product.
L1 L
SIZE
L1
18 16

Nom Size Bore L L1 L2 H Weight mm mm mm mm mm mm g DN15 8 42 11 23 29 123 DN22 14 53 13 23 34 260
191
192
Project: Ricoh Arena Client: Coventry Football Club Contractor: Haden Young Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up and commissioning valves For the past six years, Hattersley Hook-Up units and commissioning valves have been heating and cooling the 32,000 seat Ricoh Arena that is home to Coventry City FC. The site also comprises an exhibition hall, a hotel, a leisure club, a casino, and one of the UKs largest Tesco Extra supermarkets. Throughout the stadium Hook-Up flow management modules, part of Hattersleys extensive range of commissioning valves, are providing heating and air-conditioning. The units provide precise flow control, flow measurement, system and coil flushing and isolation capabilities from a single compact and lightweight unit. Built from bronze and DZR brass they can be used for chilled and heating water systems from -10 C to 120C.
193
194
SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES
Safety & Control Valves

For Air, Steam and Water
One of the UK's leading suppliers of gunmetal safety valves, NABIC has long been recognised as the industry standard for commercial and industrial hot water applications. In fact, our valves are ideal for hot water supply, heating, pump relief, bypass relief, outside installation and for use with difficult gases and liquids. Designed and tested to the latest British Standards with third party certified discharge capacities, NABIC valves are manufactured under an ISO 9001 quality assurance system. Every valve is tested after assembly and again before despatch to ensure high product quality is maintained.
1. Safe Manual Testing 2. Pressure setting locked and sealed at factory
3. Easy inspection & cleaning 7. Diaphragm protected working parts 4. High discharge capacities certified by AOTC
6. High degree of seat tightness
5. Resilient PFTE seating design
Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.nabic.co.uk
195
SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES COPPER ALLOY
Fig. 542
Safety Relief Valve
Fig. 500
High Lift Safety Valve
Figure 542 Safety Valve is an extremely versatile valve, suitable for use on hot water, steam or air. Although designed primarily for the protection of hot water boilers, its wide range of applications make it an ideal valve for stocking as a general purpose safety valve. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 10.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Figure 500 High Lift Safety Valve has been designed primarily for use on unvented hot water heating systems, where a high-capacity emergency steam relief capability is required. High capacity and resilient PTFE seating, also make it ideal for steam, air and inert gas applications. A PTFE to Viton seating design is also available where greater seal tightness is required. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Fig. 542L
Pressure Relief Valve
Fig. 500L
NABIC Pressure Relief Valves are intended for use where pressure tightness is required on the discharge side of the valve. They are ideal for pump relief, bypass relief, outside installations, and on cold water mains to protect from PRV failure. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 10.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
196
SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES COPPER ALLOY
Fig. 500T
Combined Pressure and Temperature Relief Valve
Fig. 520
Double Spring Safety Valve
Figure 500T Combined Pressure & Temperature Relief Valve has been designed for use on unvented hot water supply systems, where protection against excess temperature is required in addition to pressure protection. Pressure and temperature elements of the valve operate independently, thereby providing dual safety protection in the one valve. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Working Temperature | 75C Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 95C
Figure 520 High Lift Safety Valve has been designed and tested to BS 6759. Based on the proven design of the figure 500 Safety Value, the high capacity and resilient PTFE seating make figure 520 ideal for steam, hot water, air and inert gas applications. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Fig. 500SS
with Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
Fig. 500ST
High Lift Safety Valve
with Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
This version of the Figure 500 has been produced for applications where the properties of stainless steel are required for the service fluid being used but the working environment does not necessitate a full stainless steel valve. It can be supplied with a test lever or as a sealed dome version to suit customer requirements. Wetted Parts | Stainless Steel Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Set Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C Wetted Parts | Stainless Steel Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Set Pressure | 12.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Technical Helpline: 01744 458615 www.nabic.co.uk
197
SAFETY & CONTROL VALVES STAINLESS STEEL
The Stainless Steel version of the figure 500 High Lift Safety Valve has been specifically developed for use where difficult fluids or gases are encountered. Its anti-corrosion properties, high discharge capacities and excellent seat tightness make it an ideal valve for these applications. For other specific technical requirements please consult the NABIC technical department.
Fig. 500FN High Lift Safety Valve

Body Material | Stainless Steel Maximum Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Fig. 500FS High Lift Safety Valve

Fig. 500FF High Lift Safety Valve

Connection options are: FN-Screwed x Screwed FS-Flanged x Screwed FF-Flanged x Flanged
Designed for hygienic applications, these full stainless steel constructed valves have connections to BS 4285. Figure 500AA has clamp type couplings which conform to part 3 and the figure 500DF has threaded (IDF type) couplings to part 4. Both ranges of valves are highly polished, with inlet bore finish of 0.4 m. For other specific requirements please consult the NABIC technical department.
Fig. 500AA High Lift Safety Valve

Body Material | Stainless steel Maximum Set Pressure | 11 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Fig. 500AS High Lift Safety Valve

Fig. 500DF High Lift Safety Valve

Connection options are: AA-Hygenic Clamp x Hygenic Clamp AS-Hygenic Clamp x Screwed DF-IDF Thread x IDF Thread
198
ANTI-VACUUM VALVES
Figure 568 Anti-Vacuum Valves are used to protect drying cylinders, calorifiers and tankers from collapse due to internal vacuum. They are also used on steam systems, to assist condensate drainage and to prevent suction of contents from vats. Vacuum valves are normally fitted vertically, at the top of the vessel or pipeline being protected. Horizontal revolving cylinders however, should have a figure 568 fitted at each end, diametrically opposite one another.
Fig. 568SS Stainless Steel

Anti-Vacuum Valve
Body Material | Stainless Steel Maximum Set Pressure | 13.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
Fig. 568 Anti-Vacuum Valve

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Set Pressure | 13.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 195C
199
BOILER SYSTEM VALVES
Figure 100 Automatic Air Vent is an extremely efficient valve designed for use on central heating installations where the removal of large air bubbles trapped in the system helps to reduce noise levels, maintain circulation and improve heat output. They can also be fitted to other fluid systems where air inclusion causes problems.
Fig. 100 Automatic Air-Vent

Body Material | Gunmetal Float | Stainless Steel Maximum Pressure | 10 bar Minimum Pressure | 0.15 bar Maximum Temperature | 93C
Figure 503 Three Way Valve has been designed for use on vented hot water systems, to ensure there is a permanent connection from the boiler or calorifier to atmosphere. Fitting a figure 503 allows the use of a single common vent pipe, and permits continued operation of the system whilst maintenance is carried out on an individual unit.
Fig. 503 Three Way Vent Valve

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Working Pressure | 7 bar Maximum Working Temperature | 93C
Figure 175 Three Way Vent Cock has been designed for use on vented hot water systems, to ensure there is a permanent connection from the boiler or calorifier to atmosphere. Fitting a figure 175 allows the use of a single common vent pipe, and permits continued operation of the system whilst maintenance is carried out on an individual unit.
Fig. 175 Three Way Vent Cock

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Working Pressure | 7 bar Maximum Working Temperature | 100C
200
ANTI-POLLUTION VALVES
The RPZ Anti-Pollution valve is a type BA safety device used to prevent contamination of drinking water through syphoning or backflow up to class 4 fluid category. They are particularly suitable for industrial and commercial applications and can also be used for supplies to buildings within the scope of the water regulations.
Fig. 255 Reduced Pressure Zone

Anti-Pollution Valve
Body Material | Gunmetal Check Valves | Plastic Seals | EPDM Maximum Working Pressure | 10 bar Maximum Working Temperature | 60C
Fig. 256A
Pipe Interrupter
Fig. 256B
Pipe Interrupter
Figure 256A is classified as a DC type suitable for protecting up to fluid category 5. Incorporating ventilation ports that are totally unrestricted and permanent, water is guided past these air vents using a venturi type nozzle. Since they are constantly open to atmosphere, this stops syphonage and allows the escape of water in the event of backflow. Body Material | Brass Internals | Plastic O-Rings | EPDM Maximum Set Pressure | 10 bar Maximum Temperature | 60C
Figure 256B is classified as a DB type suitable for protecting up to fluid category 4. This device has a moving element which seals the ventilation gaps during normal flow conditions. When negative pressures occur on the inlet side which could cause syphonage, the membrane retracts seals the flow ports and simultaneously vents the outlet side of the pipe interrupter. Body Material | Brass Internals | Plastic O-Rings | EPDM Maximum Set Pressure | 10 bar Maximum Temperature | 60C
201
FUSIBLE PLUGS
Figure 5 and figure 8 Fusible Plugs are used to protect internally fired steam boilers. If overheating occurs due to low water conditions, the plugs are designed to operate and allow pressure to reduce, thereby preventing collapse of the boiler.
Fig. 8 Fusible Plugs For Steam

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 24 bar
Fig. 5 Fusible Plugs For Steam

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 24 bar
Figure 17H Fusible plugs are used to protect compressed air systems from the risk of an explosion occurring due to ignition of oil vapour. Figure 22 Fusible Plugs are used to protect air receivers from the risk of an explosion occurring due to external fire. Both plugs are designed to operate when high temperatures occur, thereby reducing pressure and providing audible warning of dangerous conditions.
Fig. 17H Fusible Plugs For Air

Body Material | Brass Maximum Pressure | 20 bar
Fig. 22 Fusible Plugs For Air

Body Material | Brass Maximum Pressure | 20 bar Higher Pressure versions available upon request.
202
TEST VALVES & EQUIPMENT
Fig. 300
Test Pump
Fig. 362
Fig. 122
Pressure Gauge Tester Test Pump
Figure 300 is a portable, stirrup type, hydraulic test pump of brass construction. Its dual pressure range facility provides increased capacity per stroke at low pressures, with quick and easy changeover to the high pressure range. Body Material | Brass Low Pressure Range | 0-16 bar High Pressure Range | 0-70 bar
Figure 362 Pressure Gauge Tester is a compact portable unit, used for checking pressure gauges on site. The tester is comprised of a small hand-operated air pump with fine adjustment facility. Suitable fittings are supplied to enable most gauges in common use to be tested throughout their range.
Figure 122 is a hydraulic test pump of robust construction. A precision built pump in high pressure bronze, with steel lever, supplied with a screw base which can be fitted to the lid of the carrying case. Alternately, the pump can be fitted with a tripod kit at extra cost. Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 700 bar
Figure 55N is a robust gunmetal stop valve, with a stainless steel needle type valve and seat. A dust cap protects the test gauge connection, which is tapped 3/8" BSP. The boiler connector is threaded 1/2" BSP male. Figure 174 is a flanged version of figure 55N. The Test Valves are used on steam boilers, to provide a means for attaching a test pressure gauge. This enables the calibration of the boiler gauge to be checked under working conditions. It also serves a useful purpose as an air vent, to facilitate draining and filling of the boiler.
Fig. 55N Test Valve

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 17.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 260C
Fig. 174 Text Valve

Body Material | Gunmetal Maximum Pressure | 17.5 bar Maximum Temperature | 260C
203
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
Figure 850 Pressure Reducing Valve is designed for general and commercial use, and is used where there is a requirement to lower the pressure of a fluid from one level to another. It also maintains the reduced pressure at a constant value, irrespective of fluctuations in the inlet pressure or changes in the flow demand.
Fig. 850 Pressure Reducing Valve

Body Material | Brass Nickel Plated Maximum Inlet Pressure | 25 bar Maximum Outlet Pressure | 7 bar Minimum Outlet Pressure | 0.5 bar Minimum Working Temperature | 85C
Figure 345 complies with BS 5235 and has a range of 20C to 120C. It has a 100mm diameter dial and an immersion depth of 100mm. Supplied complete with pocket, which is screwed 1/2" BSP. We are happy to provide other temperature gauges and connections on request. Figure 210 is manufactured to BS 1780 and has a 100mm diameter dial, 3/8" BSP bottom connection and full size Bourdon tube. Also available straight from stock are figure 219 DN10 Scroll Syphon Kit and figure 215 DN10 Pressure Gauge Cock.
Fig. 210 Altitude Gauge Fig. 345 Vapour Pressure

Thermometer
204
SIZE AVAILABILITY MATRIX
Valve Size DN
10 Fig. 500 Fig. 500L Fig. 500 FLG Fig. 500SS Fig. 500FN Fig. 500FF Fig. 500AA Fig. 500AS Fig. 500DF Fig. 500T* Fig. 520 Fig. 542 Fig. 542 FLG Fig. 542L Fig. 542L FLG Fig. 800 Fig. 175 Fig. 503 Fig. 568 Fig. 850 Fig. 100 Fig. 55N Fig. 255 Fig. 256A Fig. 256B 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Quality Guarantee
Constructed from high performance materials, NABIC products are produced using the latest technology and manufacturing techniques within a quality system to ISO 9001. Inspection of components throughout all stages of manufacture and individual testing of completed products prior to despatch ensures quality and reliability is maintained. Designed to relevant standards the majority of NABIC products are third party certified and UK WFBS listed.
205
206
PLANT ROOM VALVES
Plant Room Valves

Automatic Air Eliminators and Boiler Vent Valves
With a proven track record for high quality, Brownall offers an exclusive range of Automatic Air Eliminators (AAE) covering low, medium and high pressure applications, complemented by the Three-way Vent Valves and Vent Cocks for boilers. Offering efficient performance, the Brownall range removes inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system. Air Eliminators are suitable for use with water, glycol, aviation fuel, diesel and light oils. Installed at the highest point of the fluid carrying system, the trapped air will enter the float chamber of the air eliminator. This reduces the float buoyancy and allows air to escape through the outlet orifice.
1.
Large oat construction to provide maximum re-seating force which reduces the risk of leakage and seals at a minimum of 0.15 bar
To complement the AAE, the Univent and Vent Cocks are installed to provide a direct connection from the boiler to the atmosphere. Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi point boiler and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs. Bronze body parts enable the range to operate in high-turbulence aerated hot water, which can be a very corrosive environment. All the above make Brownall the number one choice with professional building services, consulting engineers and specifying authorities.
6.
Resilient PTFE seat / Monel needle design which keeps its shape and form to maintain a leak-tight seat
5.
Robust construction and reliable operation for industrial environments
2.
Most units are supplied complete with an isolating valve which will easily isolate the AAE to enable rapid in-situ servicing
4.
Shell components manufactured from material resistant to stress corrosion cracking and fungal growth
3.
A range of connections including BSP screwed and anged
Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 www.brownall.co.uk
207
PLANT ROOM VALVES
Automatic Air Eliminators

TyPE PART NO. DETAILS
Type A Type B Type C Type D Type MPHW Type HPHW Type HPHW Type HPHW Type HPHW
AE-A AE-B AE-C AE-D AE-MPHW-015 AE-HPHW-F AE-HPHW-H AE-HPHW-16 AE-HPHW-150
Vertical Inlet. Available Special Order Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve & Check Valve Side Inlet Available Special Order Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve BST'F' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve BST'H' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve PN16 Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Class 150 vertical inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve
Standard Pressure Applications - Type A, B, C and D

Type A B C A 102 102 108 B 43 43 43 C 35 35 35 Weight kg 1.25 1.28 1.28
Technical Data
Connections
C
Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp 1/2 (Female) Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male) Up to 10 bar (150 Ibf/in2) Non-Shock Up to 93C (200F) 0.15bar (5ft eective head)
Pressure Rating
B
Temp Rating Recommended Min. Working Pressure
Materials of Construction
Body and Dome Spindle and Seating Valve Float Bronze (Gunmetal) Stainless Steel PTFE Needle Stainless Steel
208
PLANT ROOM VALVES
Medium Pressure Hot Water Applications - MPHW
High Pressure Hot Water Applications - HPHW
A
A
B
B
Type MPHW
A 108
B 43
C 41
Weight kg 2.4
Type BST F BST H PN16 Class 150
A 152 152 152 152
B 83 83 83 83
Weight kg 3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85
Technical Data
Connections Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp 1/2 (Female) Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male) Up to 7 bar (100 Ibf/in2) Up to 149C (300F) 0.15bar (5ft eective head)
Technical Data
Connections: Inlet: BS 10:2009 Table F or H 1/2 (Flanged) Can be supplied drilled to PN16 or Ansi Class 150 Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male) HPHW/F 10.5 bar (150 ibf/in2) HPHW/H 17 bar (250 ibf/in2) HPHW/F 182C (360F) HPHW/H 204C (400F) 0.15bar (5ft eective head)
Pressure Rating Temp Rating Recommended Min. Working Pressure
Pressure Rating Temp Rating Recommended Min. Working Pressure
Body and Dome Spindle and Seating Valve Float Bronze (Gunmetal) Stainless Steel Monel Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed
Body and Dome Spindle and Seating Valve Float Bronze (Gunmetal) Stainless Steel Monel Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed
Service Kits (Float Assembly) Types A, B (AE-SP-ABD) & C (AE-SP-C)

Types B and C Automatic Air Eliminators are manufactured with in-built isolating valves which, when closed, allow the dome to be removed and the oat assembly replaced, allowing rapid in-situ servicing. Type A and D require an additional isolating valve on the inlet, to isolate it from the system prior to removing the oat assembly. AE-SP-BC isolator kit available for types B & C air eliminators. AE-SP-MPHW Service kit is available for types MHPW and HPHW air eliminators. Service kits comprise of a oat assembly (inc. needle and spindle), seat, washer and retaining screws.
209
PLANT ROOM VALVES
Fig. 1688 Three-way Univent

Figure 1688, Three-way Univent is designed for use on vented hot water systems to ensure that there is always a direct connection from the boiler/ calorier to the atmosphere. Made from body materials resistant to stress corrosion cracking, it can be used for single or multi-boiler installations. In-line servicing, using Univent replacement cartridges, allows valve maintenance to be carried out without disturbing the pipework. The Univent can be opened and closed using the integral hand wheel. To close the drain port and open the vent, turn the handwheel clockwise to its full travel. Turn the handwheel anti-clockwise to open the drain and close the vent.
D
Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar Max temperature: 93C Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female)
C (max)
Materials:
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal) Head: Bronze (Gunmetal) Trim: Brass Spindle: Brass bar Renewable Seat: EPDM Nominal Size 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") 65mm (21/2") Product code UV-1688-025D UV-1688-032D UV-1688-040D UV-1688-050D UV-1688-065D A 96 118 144 160 190 B 47 63 74 79 115
B A
C (max) 200 237 269 283 395 D 89 102 127 152 200 Weight kg 1.83 2.93 4.39 6.10 14.25
Univent Replacement Cartridge (Fig. 1688 only)

Replacement cartridges for the Three-way Univent valve allow rapid in-situ servicing.
Size 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") 65mm (21/2")
Product code UV-SP-1688-025 UV-SP-1688-032 UV-SP-1688-040 UV-SP-1688-050 UV-SP-1688-065
210
PLANT ROOM VALVES
Fig. 1988 Three-way Vent Cocks

Figure 1988 is resistant to stress corrosion cracking and used on single, multi-boiler or calorier installations. Fitting a Three-way Vent Cock ensures a constant connection from the boiler or calorier to the atmosphere. Levers are available as an optional extra.
Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar Max temperature: 93C Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female)
Materials
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal) Plug: Bronze (Gunmetal) Gland: Bronze (Gunmetal) Normal size 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") Product code VCN-LA-025 VCN-LA-032 VCN-LC-040 VCN-LC-050 A 90 122 143 165 B 43 48 57 66 C 132 155 177 204
A D B
Valve Levers
D 45 56 68 80 E 18 20 25 36 Size 25mm (1") 32mm (11/4") 40mm (11/2") 50mm (2") Product code VC-LA-025 VC-LA-032 VC-LC-040 VC-LC-050
Typical Multi-Boiler System incorporating Brownall Univents/Vent Cocks Fig. 1688/1988

The use of screw-down valves for multi-boiler hot water installations can allow the use of a single vent pipe to serve any number of boilers. No boiler in the system can be left in an unvented condition irrespective of the selected settings of the valves. At all times the vent valve ensures a full bore exit from the boiler to atmosphere. In operation, clockwise turning of the handwheel closes the drain and opens the vent. Anti-clockwise rotation of the handwheel opens the drain and closes the vent. Note: The diagram shown is schematic and is not intended as a guide to the installation of the vent valves. It is essential that vent valves are tted in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and comply with Health and Safety regulations etc.
AUTO AIR VENT
ISOLATOR VALVE
UNIVENT VALVE DRAIN
UNIVENT VALVE DRAIN
UNIVENT VALVE DRAIN EXPANSION VESSEL
PRESSURISATION UNIT
BOILER
BOILER
BOILER
MCW
Please note: Three-way Univents and Three-way Vent Cocks are interchangeable.
211
The Sage, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear Specification: Hattersley Commissioning Valves 212 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FLANGE TABLES
Flange Tables
This information is extracted from the following European, British and American standards: BS EN 1092 Circular flanges for pipes, valves, fittings and accessories, PN designated Part 1 Steel flanges. Part 2 Cast iron flanges. BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves, and fittings metric series (for copper alloy flanges only). ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings. ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings. ANSI B16.24 Bronze flanges and flanged fittings BS10 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves and fittings. Nominal Size 15mm (1/2")
BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 80 95 95 95 95 105 31/2 (89) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 43/4 (121) 43/4 (121) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 33/4 (95) 41/2 (114) Bolt circle diameter 55 65 65 65 65 75 23/8 (60) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 25/8 (67) 31/4 (83) No. of bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Dia. of bolts M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12
1/2 1/2
Notes: 1. Raised joint faces are applicable to BS EN 1092-1, BS EN 1092-2, BS10 ANSI table H steel, and classes 150 to 1500 inclusive. 2. ANSI Class 125 refers to cast iron only. 3. ANSI 600, 900, 1500 flange thickness does not include raised face. 4. Dimensions for flanges to BS EN 1092 are given in millimetres only. Dimensions for ANSI and BS 10 flanges are shown in inches with the metric equivalent (to nearest whole millimetre) in brackets.
Dia. of holes 11 14 14 14 14 14
5/8 5/8
Dia. of raised face(3) Iron 38 46 46 46 46 -
Dia. of raised face(3) Steel 40 45 45 45 45 45 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 21/4 (57)
Height of raised face(3) 2 2 2 2 2 2

1/16 1/16
Grey Cast Iron 12 (1) 14 (1) 14 (1) 16 (1) 1/2 1/2
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Alloy Forged Steel 6 (2) 8 (2) 9 (2) 5/16 1/2
Ductile Cast Iron 14 14 14 16 -
PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H
12 16 16 16 16 20
7/16 1/2
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)

1/2 1/2
(16) (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) (14) (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17)
9/16 9/16
(2) (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) -
(8) (13) -
(11) (13) 9/16 (14) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13)
3/8
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16)
1/16
(2)
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16)
(6) (6) 1/4 (6) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10)

1/4
1/4
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
213
FLANGE TABLES
Nominal Size 20mm (3/4")

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 90 105 105 105 105 130 130 37/8 (98) 45/8 (117) 45/8 (117) 51/8 (130) 51/8 (130) 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 (102) 4 (102) 41/2 (114) Bolt circle diameter 65 75 75 75 75 90 90 23/4 (70) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 31/2 (89) 31/2 (89) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 31/4 (83) No. of bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Dia. of bolts M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16
1/2 5/8
Dia. of holes 11 14 14 14 14 18 18
5/8 3/4
Dia. of raised face(3) Iron 48 56 56 56 56 -
Dia. of raised face(3) Steel 50 58 58 58 58 58 58 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 111/16 (43) 21/4 (57)
Height of raised face(3) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1/16 1/16
Grey Cast Iron 14 (1) 16 (1) 16 (1) 18 (1) 1/2 1/2
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Alloy Forged Steel 6 (2) 8 (2) 9 (2) 11/32 17/32
Ductile Cast Iron 16 16 16 18 -
PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H
14 18 18 18 18 22 22
9/16 5/8
(13) (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)

1/2 1/2
(16) (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) (14) (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17)
9/16 9/16
(2) (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) -
(9) (13) -
(14) (16) 5/8 (16) 1 (25) 1 (25) (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13)
3/8
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16)
1/16
(2)
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16)
(6) (6) 1/4 (6) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10)

1/4
1/4
Nominal Size 25mm (1")

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 100 115 115 115 115 140 140 41/4 (114) 47/8 (124) 47/8 (124) 57/8 (149) 57/8 (149) 41/2 (114) 41/2 (114) 41/2 (114) 43/4 (121) 43/4 (121) Bolt circle diameter 75 85 85 85 85 100 100 31/8 (79) 31/2 (89) 31/2 (89) 4 (102) 4 (102) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 31/4 (83) 37/16 (87) 37/16 (87) No. of bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Dia. of bolts M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16
1/2 5/8
Dia. of holes 11 14 14 14 14 18 18
5/8 3/4
Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 58 65 65 65 65 60 68 68 68 68 68 68 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 21/2 (64) 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 1/16
Grey Cast Iron 14 (1) 16 (1) 16 (1) 18 (1) 7/16
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Alloy Forged Steel 8 (2) 9 (2) 11 (2) 3/8
Ductile Cast Iron 16 16 16 18 9/10
PN 6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 PN100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H
14 18 18 18 18 24 24 (11) (17) 11/16 (17) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)

11/16 7/16
(13) (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)

1/2 1/2
(16) (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) (14) (14) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
9/16 9/16
(2) (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) -
(11) -
19/32
(10) (15) -
(14) -
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
1/2 1/2
1/16
(2)
(13) (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19)
(8) (8) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) 7/16 (11)

5/16
5/16
(10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (14)

3/8
214
FLANGE TABLES

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 120 140 140 140 140 155 155 Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 90 100 100 100 100 110 110 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Dia. of bolts M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20
1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Iron 14 19 19 19 19 5/8 (16)
Dia. of holes Steel 14 18 18 18 18 22 22

5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 69 76 76 76 76 70 78 78 78 78 78 78 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 21/2 (64) 3 (76) 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 16 (1) 18 (1) 18 (1) 20 (1) 1/2 (13)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 8 (2) 9 (2) 11 (2) 13/32 (10) 5/8 (16)
14 18 18 18 18 26 26
1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 13/16 (21)
18 18 18 20 5/8 (16)
45/8 (117) 31/2 (89) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 61/4 (159) 43/8 (111) 61/4 (159) 43/8 (111) 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98)
9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14)
1 (25) 1 (25)
9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22)
5/16 (8) 5/16 (8) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) 7/16 (11)
11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 11/16 (17)
1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 130 150 150 150 150 170 170 5 (127) 61/8 (156) 61/8 (156) 7 (178) 7 (178) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 100 110 110 110 110 125 125 37/8 (98) 41/2 (114) 41/2 (114) 47/8 (124) 47/8 (124) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Dia. of bolts M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20
1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Dia. of holes Iron 14 19 19 19 19 5/8 (16)

5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 78 84 84 84 84 80 88 88 88 88 88 88 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 27/8 (73) 31/4 (83) 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 16 (1) 18 (1) 18 (1) 20 (1) 9/16 (14)
14 18 18 18 18 28 28
9/16 (14) 13/16 (21) 7/8 (22)
19 19 19 19 11/16 (17)
1 (25) 1 (25)
1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14)
11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)

9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22)
3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13)
11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 11/16 (17)
51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 51/2 (140) 41/8 (105) 51/2 (140) 41/8 (105)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)
215
FLANGE TABLES

5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Iron 14 19 19 19 19 3/4 (19)

3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 16 (1) 20 (1) 20 (1) 22 (1) 5/8 (16)
14 18 18 20 20 26 30
5/8 (16) 7/8 (22)
19 19 19 19 -
6 (152) 43/4 (121) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 81/2 (216) 61/2 (165) 81/2 (216) 61/2 (165) 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127)
1 (25) 1 (25)
5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
- 1 - 1 - 1
3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13)
(25)
1/2 (38) 1/2 (38)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)
9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19)
1 (25)

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 160 185 185 185 185 205 220 7 (178) 71/2 (191) 71/2 (191) 95/8 (244) 95/8 (244) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 130 145 145 145 145 160 170 51/2 (140) 57/8 (149) 57/8 (149) 71/2 (191) 71/2 (191) 4 4 (2) 4 (2) 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 4 4 8 8 Dia. of bolts M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M24
5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Dia. of holes Iron 14 19 19 19 19 3/4 (19)

3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 108 118 118 118 118 110 122 122 122 122 122 122 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/8 (105) 41/2 (114) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 16 (1) 20 (1) 20 (1) 24 (1) 11/16 (17)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 13 13 14 9/16 (14) 13/16 (21)
PN 6 PN 10 PN 16 PN 25 PN 40 PN 64 PN 100 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H
14 18 18 22 22 26 34
11/16 (17)
19 19 19 19 -
1 (25) 1 (25)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 15/8 (41) 15/8 (41) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19)
61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)
1 (25)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Steel flanges in this DN and PN may be supplied with 8 holes. For compliance with these, equivalent cast iron flanges may be supplied with 8 holes as special order and after agreement between manufacturer and customer (3) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (4) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
216
FLANGE TABLES

5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Iron 19 19 19 19 19 3/4 (19)

3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 124 132 132 132 132 128 138 138 138 138 138 138 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) 5 (127) 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 18 (1) 22 (1) 22 (1) 26 (1) 3/4 (19)
16 20 20 24 24 28 36
3/4 (19) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 17/8 (48)
19 19 19 19 -
71/2 (191) 6 (152) 81/4 (210) 65/8 (168) 81/4 (210) 65/8 (168) 91/2 (241) 71/2 (192) 101/2 (267) 8 (203) 71/4 (184) 71/4 (184) 71/4 (184) 8 (203) 8 (203) 53/4 (146) 53/4 (146) 53/4 (146) 61/2 (165) 61/2 (165)
11/8 (29)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
1 (25) 11/4 (32)
11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)
9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 210 220 220 235 235 250 265 9 (229) 10 (254) 103/4 (273) 111/2 (292) 121/4 (311) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 170 180 180 190 190 200 210 71/2 (191) 77/8 (200) 81/2 (216) 91/4 (235) 91/2 (241) 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 4 8 8 8 Dia. of bolts M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M24 M27
5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32)
Dia. of holes Iron 19 19 19 23 23 3/4 (19)

3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 18 (1) 24 (1) 24 (1) 28 (1) 15/16 (24)
16 20 20 24 24 30 40
15/16 (24)
19 19 19 19 -
1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35)
3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19)
11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 13/4 (44) 21/8 (54) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19)
81/2 (216) 7 (178) 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 9 (229) 71/2 (191) 9 (229) 71/2 (191)
5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)
11/4 (32)
1 (25)
217
FLANGE TABLES

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 240 250 250 270 270 295 315 10 (254) 11 (279) 13 (330) 133/4 (349) 143/4 (375) 10 (254) 10 (254) 10 (254) 11 (279) 11 (279) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 200 210 210 220 220 240 250 81/2 (216) 91/4 (235) 101/2 (267) 11 (279) 111/2 (292) 81/4 (210) 81/4 (210) 81/4 (210) 91/4 (235) 91/4 (235) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8 8 Dia. of bolts M16 M16 M16 M24 M24 M27 M30
3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Dia. of holes Iron 19 19 19 28 28 7/8 (22)

7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 20 (1) 26 (1) 26 (1) 30 (1) 5/16 (24)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 3/4 (19) 11/8 (29) -
18 22 22 26 26 34 40
5/16 (24) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44) 2 (51) 27/8 (73)
19 19 19 23.5 -
1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38)

5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41)
3/4 (19) 13/16 (21) 7/8 (22)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29)
1 (25) 13/8 (35)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 265 285 285 300 300 345 355 11 (279) 121/2 (318) 14 (356) 15 (381) 151/2 (394) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 225 240 240 250 250 280 290 91/2 (241) 105/8 (270) 111/2 (292) 121/2 (318) 121/2 (318) 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 12 12 Dia. of bolts M16 M20 M20 M24 M24 M30 M30
3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Dia. of holes Iron 19 23 23 28 28 7/8 (22)

7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 20 (1) 26 (1) 26 (1) 34 (1) 1 (25) 13/16 (21) 13/16 (21) 7/8 (22)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 13/16 (21) 13/16 (30)
18 22 22 28 28 36 44 1 (25) 17/16 (37) 17/8 (48) 23/16 (56) 31/4 (83) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29)
19 19 20 26 -
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35)

5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38)
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22)
11 (279) 91/4 (235) 4 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12 12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
1 (25) 13/8 (35)
1 (25)
218
FLANGE TABLES

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 320 340 340 360 375 415 430 131/2 (343) 15 (381) 161/2 (419) 181/2 (470) 19 (438) 131/4 (337) 131/4 (337) 131/4 (337) 141/2 (368) 141/2 (368) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 280 295 295 310 320 345 360 113/4 (298) 13 (330) 133/4 (349) 151/2 (394) 151/2 (394) 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 8 12 12 12 12 Dia. of bolts M16 M20 M20 M24 M27 M33 M33
3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Iron 19 23 23 28 31 7/8 (22)

7/8 (22)
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 22 (1) 26 (1) 30 (1) 34 (1) -
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 20 24 24 30 34 42 52 20 20 22 30 -
11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41)

5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 13/4 (44)
11/8 (29) 15/16 (24) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 23/16 (56) 21/2 (64) 35/8 (92)
7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
111/2 (292) 8 111/2 (292) 8 111/2 (292) 8 123/4 (324) 12 123/4 (324) 12
11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/2 (38) 11/4 (32)
1 (25) 11/4 (32)

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 375 395 (2) 405 (2) 425 450 470 505 16 (406) 171/2 (445) 20 (508) 211/2 (546) 23 (584) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 17 (432) 17 (432) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 335 350 355 370 385 400 430 141/4 (362) 151/4 (387) 17 (432) 181/2 (470) 19 (483) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 15 (381) 15 (381) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 12 8 8 12 12 12 Dia. of bolts M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36
7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Iron 19 23 28 31 34 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Steel 18 22 26 30 33 36 39 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 2 (51)
7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 24 (1) 28 (1) 32 (1) 13/16 (30) 15/16 (24)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 1 (25) 22 26 26 32 38 46 60 13/16 (30) 17/8 (41) 21/2 (64) 23/4 (70) 41/4 (108) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
22 22 24.5 34.5 -
1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 17/8 (41)

3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1 (25) 1 (25)
1 (25) 1 (25)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 15/8 (41) 13/8 (35)
1 (25) 13/8 (35)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameters shall be: for PN10, D = 400mm, for PN16, D = 400mm (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
219
FLANGE TABLES

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 440 445 (2) 460 (2) 485 515 530 585 19 (483) 201/2 (521) 22 (559) 24 (610) 261/2 (673) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 191/4 (489) 191/4 (489) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 395 400 410 430 450 460 500 17 (432) 173/4 (451) 191/4 (489) 21 (533) 221/2 (571) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 171/4 (438) 171/4 (438) 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 12 16 20 20 16 8 12 12 16 16 Dia. of bolts M20 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M39
7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 2 (51)
Dia. of holes Iron 23 23 28 31 34 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. of holes Steel 22 22 26 30 33 36 42 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 21/8 (54)
7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 363 370 370 389 409 365 370 378 395 410 410 410 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381) 141/4 (362) 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 24 (1) 28 (1) 32 (1) 40 (1) -
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 22 26 28 34 42 52 68 24.5 24.5 27.5 39.5 -
11/4 (32) 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) 2 (51) 25/8 (67) 31/8 (80) 47/8 (124)
15/16 (24) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 13/4 (44) 11/2 (38)
3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25)
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/2 (38)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameter shall be: for PN10, D = 455mm; for PN16, D = 455 mm (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 490 505 520 555 580 600 655 21 (533) 23 (584) 233/4 (603) 251/4 (641) 291/2 (749) 203/4 (527) 203/4 (527) 203/4 (527) 213/4 (552) 213/4 (552) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 445 460 470 490 510 525 560 183/4 (476) 201/4 (514) 203/4 (527) 22 (559) 25 (635) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 191/2 (495) 191/2 (495) 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 12 20 20 20 16 8 12 12 16 16 Dia. of bolts M20 M20 M24 M30 M33 M36 M45 Dia. of holes Iron 23 23 28 34 37 Dia. of holes Steel 22 22 26 33 36 39 48 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 23/8 (60) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 413 429 429 448 465 415 430 438 450 465 465 465 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/4 (413) 161/2 (419) 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 26 (1) 30 (1) 36 (1) 44 (1) 13/8 (35) -
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 22 26 30 38 46 56 74 13/8 (35) 21/8 (54) 23/4 (70) 3/8 (86) 51/4 (133) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 15/8 (41) 24.5 26.5 30 44 -
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 21/4 (57) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1/16 (2)
1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) 11/4 (32) 17/8 (48) 15/8 (41)
220
FLANGE TABLES

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 540 565 580 620 660 670 715 231/2 (597) 251/2 (648) 27 (686) 273/4 (705) 321/2 (826) 223/4 (578) 223/4 (578) 223/4 (578) 24 (610) 24 (610) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 495 515 525 550 585 585 620 211/4 (540) 221/2 (572) 233/4 (603) 241/4 (616) 273/4 (705) 201/2 (521) 201/2 (521) 201/2 (521) 213/4 (552) 213/4 (552) 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 16 12 12 12 20 20 Dia. of bolts M20 M24 M27 M33 M36 M39 M45 Dia. of holes Iron 23 28 31 37 41 Dia. of holes Steel 22 26 30 36 39 42 48 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 13/4 (44) 25/8 (67) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 463 480 480 503 535 465 482 490 505 535 535 535 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 181/2 (470) 19 (483) 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 28 (1) 32 (1) 38 (1) 48 (1) 17/16 (37) -
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 22 26 32 40 50 60 78 17/16 (37) 21/4 (57) 3 (76) 31/2 (89) 53/4 (146) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 13/4 (44) 24.5 28 32 48 -
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/2 (64) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1/16 (2)
11/16 (27) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 13/8 (35) 11/4 (32) 2 (51) 13/4 (44)

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 595 615 640 670 685 25 (635) 28 (711) 291/4 (743) 31 (787) 36 (914) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 261/2 (673) 261/2 (673) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 550 565 585 600 610 223/4 (578) 243/4 (629) 253/4 (654) 27 (686) 301/2 (775) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 24 (610) 24 (610) 16 20 20 20 20 16 24 20 20 16 12 12 16 20 20 Dia. of bolts M20 M24 M27 M33 M36 Dia. of holes Iron 23 28 31 37 41 Dia. of holes Steel 22 26 30 36 39 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44) 2 (51) 27/8 (73) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 518 530 548 548 560 520 532 550 555 560 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 21 (533) 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 28 (1) 32 (1) 40 (1) 50 (1) 19/16 (40) 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 21/8 (54)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 11/16 (27) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 17/8 (48) 22 28 40 46 57 19/16 (40) 23/8 (60) 31/4 (83) 4 (102) 63/8 (162) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) 17/8 (48) 25.5 30 34.5 49 -
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 15/8 (41) 17/8 (48) 23/4 (70) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1/16 (2)
221
FLANGE TABLES

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 645 670 715 730 755 800 870 271/2 (699) 301/2 (775) 32 (813) 333/4 (857) 383/4 (984) 273/4 (705) 273/4 (705) 273/4 (705) 29 (737) 29 (737) Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 600 620 650 660 670 705 760 25 (635) 27 (686) 281/2 (724) 291/2 (749) 323/4 (832) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 251/4 (641) 261/2 (673) 261/2 (673) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 20 16 12 16 16 24 24 Dia. of bolts M20 M24 M30 M33 M39 M45 M52 Dia. of holes Iron 23 28 34 37 44 Dia. of holes Steel 22 26 33 36 42 48 56 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44) 21/8 (54) 31/8 (79) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 568 582 609 609 615 570 585 610 615 615 615 615 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 231/2 (597) 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 30 (1) 34 (1) 42 (1) 52 (1) 111/16 (43) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/4 (57)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 2 (51) 24 (2) 28 (2) 44 (2) 48 (2) 57 (2) 68 (2) 94 (2) 111/16 (43) 21/2 (64) 31/2 (89) 41/4 (108) 7 (178) 11/4 (32) 11/2 (38) 2 (51) 26.5 31.5 36.5 52 -
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 15/8 (41) 2 (51) 3 (76) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22)
1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32)
1/16 (2)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

BS EN 1092 Dia. of flange 755 780 840 845 890 930 Bolt No. circle of diameter bolts 705 725 770 770 795 820 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 20 16 12 16 16 24 24 Dia. of bolts M24 M27 M33 M36 M45 M52 Dia. of holes Iron 28 31 37 41 50 Dia. of holes Steel 26 30 36 39 48 56 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 2 (51) 25/8 (67) 35/8 (92) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) Dia. Dia. Height Height of raised of raised of raised of raised face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Iron Steel Iron Steel 667 682 720 720 735 670 685 725 720 735 735 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/4 (692) 271/2 (699) 5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/16 (2) 1/16 (2) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
Grey Cast Iron 30 (1) 36 (1) 48 (1) 17/8 (48) 13/16 (30) 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) 13/4 (44) 21/2 (64)
Thickness of flange Copper Cast and Ductile Alloy Forged Cast Steel Iron 13/16 (30) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/4 (57) 30 34 54 58 72 76 17/8 (48) 23/4 (70) 4 (102) 51/2 (140) 8 (203) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 15/8 (41) 21/4 (57) 30 36 42 58 -
PN6 PN10 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN64 ANSI Class 125/150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500 BS 10 Table A Table D Table E Table F Table H
32 (813) 291/2 (749) 36 (914) 32 (813) 37 (940) 33 (838) 41 (1041) 351/2 (902) 46 (1168) 39 (991) 321/2 (826) 321/2 (826) 321/2 (826) 331/2 (851) 331/2 (851) 293/4 (756) 293/4 (756) 293/4 (756) 303/4 (781) 303/4 (781)
11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 11/2 (38) 17/8 (48) 21/2 (64) 31/2 (89) 1 (25) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35)
1/16 (2)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1 (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
222
TYPICAL KV VALUES
Typical Kv Values
BALL VALVE
ie. Fig. 100 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 31 45 63 102 375 420
CHECK VALVE
ie. Fig. 47 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 6.61 17.75 29.35 37.82 62.1 114
STRAINER
ie. Fig. 807 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 5.6 8.5 15.1 26.4 31.9 52.5
BUTTERFLY VALVE
ie. Fig. 970 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 Kv 227 350 696 1186 1832 3638 6194 9570 8163 12083 14169 18512 24208
CHECK VALVE
ie. Fig. M651 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 187 496 599 799 1428 2129 2725 3850
STRAINER
ie. Fig. 810 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 94 135 225 327 481 793 1353 1897
GATE VALVE
ie. Fig. 30 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 14 32 57 90 129 230
GLOBE VALVE
ie. Fig. 5 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 3.05 5.71 10 14.22 18.79 34.23
COMISSIONING VALVE
ie. Fig. 1732 Size 15 20 25 32 40 50 Kv 1.87 3.14 5.59 10.8 18.1 29.1
GATE VALVE
ie. Fig. M541 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 360 519 923 1443 2077 3693 5771 8310
GLOBE VALVE
ie. Fig. 731 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 71 109 168 264 380 676 1065 1515
COMISSIONING VALVE
ie. Fig. M733 Size 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 Kv 69.4 101 175.8 274.9 387.6 717.7 1108 1593
223
Project: Sir Charles Parsons School, Newcastle Client: Newcastle City Council Civil Engineer: Sir Robert McAlpine HVAC Contractor: Integral Distributor: BSS (Newcastle) Ltd. Specification: A range of Hattersley isolating and commissioning valves A wide range of Hattersley valves, including Fig. 1732 commissioning valves, have been installed in Charles Parsons School, Walker. The secondary school was regenerated as part of the Governments Building Schools for the Future (BSF) programme and was one of 16 schools being redeveloped in the Newcastle-Upon-Tyne area. Valves were installed in the new purposebuilt accommodation to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning throughout the building. Sir Charles Parsons School is a large school for students with special educational needs and so along with classrooms, the building also houses sensory rooms and state-of-the-art swimming and therapy pools. The Hattersley valves are preferred because of their weight and space saving. The Hattersley technical team and regional manager liaised closely with contractors and specifiers to ensure this project ran smoothly.
224
225
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Quality Assurance
WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre
The WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre is responsible for the Water Regulations Advisory Scheme, with testing and approval of water fittings meeting the requirements of the United Kingdom Water Regulations/Bylaws (Scotland). Valves for use in public water supply systems and domestic situations must not contravene the United Kingdom Water Regulations. Valves which are designated WRAS Approved Product and listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory will not contravene those bylaws. Many Hattersley valves have been tested and certified as being WRAS Approved Products and are listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory.
The Kitemark
The Kitemark is a registered trademark owned by British Standards Institution and may only be used by manufacturers who are approved licensees and whose products fully comply with the individual product standards. Annual product audits and regular surveillance visits by BSI ensure continuing compliance with specification requirements and confirm acceptable Quality Systems to BS EN ISO 9000.
Firm of Assessed Capability

BS EN/ISO 9000 is the reference Standard for Quality Systems.
CE Mark
The symbol shown is the European mark for product certification.
226
FIGURE NUMBER INDEX
Fig. No. Index

Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page Fig. Number Page C4 .....................................148 5........................................149 5N .....................................150 5NLS.................................150 13......................................151 17......................................153 23......................................152 28......................................131 30......................................125 30C ...................................126 30CLS...............................127 30LS .................................125 C31 ...................................128 33......................................129 33X....................................124 33XLS ...............................124 35......................................132 42......................................110 47......................................111 48......................................112 49......................................113 70/RT ................................173 75/RS................................173 77......................................185 78......................................186 81HU.................................145 100......................................78 100TH .................................79 100C ...................................80 100CEXT.............................80 100CLS...............................81 100CTH ..............................81 100CYL ...............................83 100EXT ...............................78 100LS .................................79 100MHU .............................87 100YL..................................82 107MHU .............................88 108C ............................84/191 110......................................85 113......................................86 170M.................................157 171M.................................157 200L..................................160 200M.................................158 200R .................................159 200T..................................160 201M.................................158 201R .................................159 201T..................................160 201TG...............................160 221T..................................160 249.............................114/189 249C ..........................114/189 C262 ...................................66 H262 ...................................66 C264 ...................................67 H264 ...................................67 C266 ...................................62 H266 ...................................62 C267 ...................................64 H267 ...................................64 C268 ...................................63 H268 ...................................63 C269 ...................................65 H269 ...................................65 C270 ...................................71 F300....................................54 R300 ...................................54 305......................................71 370....................................144 371....................................144 401M.................................161 430....................................187 440....................................188 501....................................141 504....................................142 M511.................................137 M540.................................140 M541.................................138 M544.................................139 M544E ..............................139 M549.................................135 M552.................................136 M552E ..............................136 609....................................133 C618 .................................134 631......................................22 M650.................................118 M651.................................119 M653.................................120 669....................................130 731....................................154 M733DR.........................34-35 M737..............................36-37 750......................................23 775......................................76 761.............................115/190 807....................................177 810....................................180 811....................................181 817....................................176 850.............................121-122 907....................................177 910....................................180 911....................................181 950......................................92 C950 ...................................93 950W ..................................95 950G ...................................92 950WG................................95 951......................................97 951G ...................................97 953......................................38 953G ...................................38 970......................................94 970G ...................................94 970W ..................................96 971......................................98 971G ...................................98 973......................................39 973G ...................................39 980......................................99 1000....................................24 1000L..................................25 1000M.................................25 1013..................................116 1050....................................18 1051....................................19 1052....................................18 1053....................................19 1200DR...............................29 1432....................................26 1432C .................................26 1432L..................................26 1432LC ...............................26 M1541...............................138 M1552...............................136 DP1732...............................56 DP1732L .............................56 DP1732M............................56 1732....................................27 1732C .................................27 1732L..................................27 1732LC ...............................27 1732M.................................27 1732MC ..............................27 1807.............................89/178 1807C ..........................90/179 1832....................................28 1832L..................................28 1832M.................................28 1900..................................184 M2000............................30-31 2050....................................20 2761...........................115/190 M3000.................................32 3047..................................117 3150..................................167 3180..................................171 3250..................................168 3280..................................172 3300LS .............................169 3400LS .............................170 M4000.................................33 4970..................................100 4970G ...............................100 4983G .................................40 4990..................................101 4990G........................102-107 4993G............................43-46 5953....................................41 5953G .................................41 5973....................................42 5973G .................................42 MultiComm....................69-70 ProComm ......................73-74
227
Distributor details
PO BOX 719, IPSWICH IP1 9DU HOME SALES: +44 (0)1744 458670 EXPORT SALES: +44 (0)1744 458671 TECHNICAL HELPLINE: 0845 604 1790 FAX: +44 (0)1744 26912 EMAIL: uksales@hattersley.com EMAIL: export@hattersley.com EMAIL: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com
www.flowoffluids.com
FM311 ISO 9001
Visit www.flowoffluids.com to order your copy of the New Technical Paper 410.
www.hattersley.com
Designed and manufactured under quality management systems in accordance with BS EN 9001:2008. For full terms and conditions, please visit our website. We hope our communications have an impact on you - but not the environment - we have taken steps to ensure this brochure is printed on Forestry Stewardship Council material and the paper is made by an elemental chlorine free process.
IVMMXI
www.cranebsu.com

Hattersley Techguide Issue 2 Web

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hattersley Techguide Issue 2 Web

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IS SUE 2 WATER HEATING VENTILATION AIR CON GAS

FUTUR E VALVE TE CHNOLOGY

Techn ical P roduct G uide

Now includes Hook-Up II

Public Health Range

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Public Health Range

Pressure Independent Control Valves 71

Figure Number Index

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Valve Selection Guide

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Size Range 15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm

Mains Cold Water

Condensate 30 M541-PN16 47 M651-PN16

950W 47 5870 249(4A) 2761-PN16

950W 47 5870 249C(4)

15mm - 50mm 65mm - 300mm

Main incoming 951W gas to building 65 - 300mm 971YL (FL Butterfly)

15mm - 28mm 65mm - 300mm

1432/1432L 953W 1000(3) M2000 1732(3) 5953W

Inside building 15-50mm 100YL (Ball)

65-200mm 201M-PN16 (Plug)

807 810 810

15mm 20mm 25mm Plant/Rm General 81HU 371 77

(1) (2) (3) (4) (4A) (5) (6) (7)

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Valve Selection Guide

COMMISSIONING VALVE SIZING CHART

268C Based on medium grade pipe and water with an SG of 1.

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Balancing Valves - Automatic

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050, 1051, 1052 and 1053 DZR Autoflow

PORT IDENTIFICATION, THREADS AND SPECIFYING INFORMATION

Fig. 1051 shown

Ports 1 and 2 are threaded 1/4" BSP (Pl) and

Port 1 can be supplied optionally threaded

Port 3 is threaded 1/4 BSP (Pl) in sizes 1/2 to 3/4"

All other ports can be supplied threaded

For all figure numbers, ports are identified with

Ports 4, 5, 6 and 7 apply only to figures 1051/

Figures 1050/1052 have ports 1, 2 and 3 only

Fig.1050 Fig. 1051 Fig. 2050

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Recommended Minimum Flow (l/s) 4.7 8.5 12.6 17.7 22.7

Velocity (m/s) 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.25

Maximum Flow (l/s) 34 60 94 128 162

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com

BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com